User Description, Radio NetworkParameters and Cell Design Data forEricsson's GSM Systems
USER DESCRIPTION
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J
Copyright
© Ericsson AB 2011-2012. All rights reserved. No part of this document may bereproduced in any form without the written permission from the copyright owner.
Disclaimer
The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due tocontinued progress in methodology, design, and manufacturing. Ericsson shallhave no liability for any error or damage of any kind resulting from the useof this document.
Trademark List
Ericsson is the trademark or rregistered trademark owned byTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respectiveowners.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Contents
Contents
1 General Information 1
1.1 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12B 1
1.2 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12A 1
1.3 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G11B 2
1.4 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10B 3
1.5 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10A 4
1.6 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS 09A 5
1.7 Introduction 6
1.8 CDD Structure 7
1.9 Conventions 7
2 Site Data 11
2.1 Common Site Data 11
3 Cell Data 13
3.1 Common Data 13
3.2 Neighbouring Cell Relation Data 39
3.3 Idle Mode Behaviour 43
3.4 Locating 66
3.5 GPRS/EGPRS Idle Mode Behaviour 107
3.6 GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection 109
3.7 Channel Administration/Immediate Assignment on TCH 114
3.8 GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration 124
3.9 Dynamic MS Power Control 141
3.10 GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control 150
3.11 Dynamic BTS Power Control 151
3.12 Discontinuous Transmission 161
3.13 Frequency Hopping 162
3.14 Intra Cell Handover 169
3.15 Assignment to Other Cell 175
3.16 Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells / Subcell Load Distribution /Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse 177
3.17 Hierarchical Cell Structures 184
3.18 Extended Range 192
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.19 Double BA Lists 194
3.20 Idle Channel Measurements 196
3.21 Cell Load Sharing 199
3.22 Multiband Operation 202
3.23 Differential Channel Allocation 207
3.24 Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption Service(eMLPP) 218
3.25 Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels 225
3.26 GSM - UMTS - LTE Cell Reselection and Handover 228
3.27 Adaptive Multi Rate 250
3.28 EGPRS Link Quality Control 253
3.29 GPRS Link Adaptation 257
3.30 GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service 258
3.31 Interference Rejection Combining 268
3.32 Multi Band Cell 268
3.33 GPRS/EGPRS Connection Control and Transfer 271
3.34 Antenna Hopping 278
3.35 Synchronized Radio Networks 278
3.36 Channel Allocation Optimization 280
3.37 Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) 292
3.38 Flexible Abis (FLAB) 294
3.39 Voice Group Call Service 297
3.40 Tandem Free Operation (TFO) 300
3.41 Handover and Signalling Robustness 302
3.42 Find Faulty Antenna Features 303
3.43 Packet Abis over IP 304
3.44 Packet Abis over TDM 316
3.45 PGW Load Distribution 321
3.46 Reduced Power Consumption in GSM RAN 322
3.47 Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band 325
3.48 Abis Local Connectivity 330
3.49 BSC Capacity Supervision 331
3.50 A-Interface over IP 331
3.51 Automatic FLP/Automatic IRC Tuning 334
3.52 Multi Operator in BSS 338
3.53 16/32 QAM 339
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Contents
3.54 VAMOS 343
3.55 350
3.56 MCPA 350
3.57 Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS 352
4 Hardware Characteristics 353
4.1 Allocation Data for Transceiver Group 353
4.2 BSC Exchange Property Data 360
5 CDD Forms 361
6 Index 371
6.1 Index to Parameters 371
6.2 Index to Commands 392
6.3 Cross-Reference: MML-Command Parameters 403
7 Concepts 411
Glossary 413
Reference List 415
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
General Information
1 General Information
This document describes Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Datato operators and other users of the document. This Document is valid forBSS release G10B to G11B. New functionality works for stated release andonwards, unless stated otherwise.
1.1 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12B
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: VAMOS.
New commands: .
New parameters Changed/Updatedparameters
Removed parameters
IMBVAMOS
SSTHRV
1.2 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12A
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: Paging Improvements,TBFLIMIT per Cell, PS Downlink Power Control, Fast Return to LTE After CallRelease.
New commands: .
New parameters Changed/Updatedparameters
Removed parameters
COVERAGEE MAXPWR MSRACREQCCCH
COVERAGEU TBFDLLIMIT MSRACREQPCCH
DLPCE TBFULLIMIT
DLPCE2A
DLPCG
INITDLPCE
INITDLPCE2A
INITDLPCG
FASTRETLTE
1320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
New parameters Changed/Updatedparameters
Removed parameters
TBFDLLIM
TBFULLIM
1.3 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G11B
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/16 Uen. Thechanges between the above document and this document are as follows:
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: EDGE Evolution -16/32 QAM, GSM MCPA Intelligent Power Management, BSS Support forMCPA/RUS, VAMOS.
New commands: RFVCC, RFVCP, RFVCI, RFVCE, RFVBC, RFVBP, RFVBI,RFVBE.
New parameters Changed/Updatedparameters
Removed parameters
AHRVAMOS ETCHTN
AQPSKONBCCH GPRSNWMODE
ASSV PSKONBCCH
AWBVAMOS TN7BCCH
E2AFACTOR TNBCCH
E2AINITMCS
E2ALQC
E2APDCHBR
EINITMCS
HRVAMOS
IPM
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A
LQCDEFMCSULE2A
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A
MAXPWR
MAXTRX
MCTRI
2 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
General Information
New parameters Changed/Updatedparameters
Removed parameters
NUMREQE2ABPC
PAO
QBAHRV
QBAWBV
QBNAV
QDESDLOV
QDESULOV
RTTIINITMCS
SSTHRASSV
TSCSET1PAIRS
TXMPWR
VAMOSBSCSTATE
VAMOSCELLSTATE
VCSCC
1.4 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10B
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/15 Uen. Thechanges between the above document and this document are as follows:
Removed information regarding RBS 200.
Added commands RFIMI, RFIMC, RFIMP, RFIME, RLBRI, RLBRC, RLBRE,RLBRP, RLMRI, RLMRC, RLMRE, RLMRP, RRAII and RRAIE.
Note that to be able to use AMR and AMR-WB together with A-Interface overIP other parameters need to be set, see Section 3.50 on page 331.
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: Automatic FLP,A-Interface over IP, Reduced Power Level after Handover.
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
A53PRIO BSPWRB CTEI
AFLP BSPWRT TXID
AIRCT
BSCAFLP
3320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
BSCAIRCT
BSRPWROFFSETN
BSRPWROFFSETP
CONFMODE
DSCP1
HOMTD
IMSIPAT
MAXTGCL
MBT
MCIMALG
MPS
MSRPWROFFSETN
MSRPWROFFSETP
NCCPERM (BSC)
SET
TIME
1.5 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10A
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/14 Uen. Thechanges between the above document and this document are as follows:
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: AMR-WBEnhancements, EDGE Evolution - Dual Carrier DL, Multiple CCCH, BTS PSEnhancements, Timeslot Power Savings, GSM-UMTS-LTE Cell Reselection.
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
AMRWBDHA BTSPSHYST DYNULDLACT
CCCH
CCCHCMD
DCDLACT
DHRAABISTHRWB
DTHAMRWB
EARFCN
4 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
General Information
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
ETCHTN
FDDARFCN
HPRIO
HPRIOTHR
ICMODE
LPRIOTHR
MEASTHR
MINCHBW
MINREQTCH
PAGBUNDLE
PCID
PCIDG
PCIDP
PCIDPS
PRIOTHR
QRXLEVMINE
QRXLEVMINU
RATPRIO
SDHRAABISTHRWB
TSPS
TNBCCH
TRES
1.6 Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS 09A
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: A-Interface over IP,PS Switched Capacity Locks, Improved Ack/Nack
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
DSCP AQMRTTCONST
FASTRET3GNC2 IPDEVNO
GBCAPALARMACT GPRSPRIO
GBCAPWARNTHR
5320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
New parameters Changed parameters Removed parameters
IAN
JBS
PCMLAW
1.7 Introduction
The present document explains the Cell Design Data (CDD) that must beprovided for each cell in an Ericsson GSM system. This data is loaded in thecorresponding BSC by means of a Data Transcript file.
When a new Ericsson GSM system is built or when new cells are added orchanged in an existing Ericsson GSM system, the cell planner provides theoperator with a document for each cell containing data for the insertion of thecell in the radio network. The data from all such documents is then convertedinto a data transcript tape and loaded into the corresponding BSC.
A data transcript media contains not only CDD information but also other dataneeded for the complete configuration of the BSC and its BTSs. A descriptionof such information is out of the scope of this document.
In addition to the above-mentioned BSC cell parameters, some of the radiorelated MSC parameters and exchange properties are included in thisdocument. These parameters are included in order to present a more completepicture of the parameters that influence the design and evaluation of a radionetwork.
Note: The MSC parameters are only defined for Ericsson Mobile ServicesSwitching Centres. These parameters may have another name or maynot exist at all in MSCs manufactured by others than Ericsson.
This document gives references to GSM Recommendations.
This document provides short descriptions of Ericsson's GSM systemparameters. For a full understanding of each of them, it is essential to study thedescription of each particular feature.
Note: The availability of a feature could depend on commercial agreements.Due to this it is possible that certain parameters are not supportedby an exchange.
The topics where GSM 800, GSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 differ areindicated.
This document assumes that the reader is acquainted with the channel structurefor GSM 800, GSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM 1900, the TDMA concept andthe locating algorithm for Ericsson's GSM systems.
6 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
General Information
1.8 CDD Structure
The parameters in this document are organized according to radio networkfeatures. The aim with this structure is to facilitate a more feature oriented cellplanning and network optimization.
In each radio network feature section, the parameters are grouped intosub-sections defined by the network entity where the parameter is defined. thisis described more elaborately in Section 1.7 on page 6.
The CDD is also arranged in a structure that corresponds to the subcellstructure shown in Figure 1. Therefore some parameters appear in more thanone part of the CDD.
Cell
Underlaid
Subcell
Overlaid
Subcell
Channelgroup
Channelgroup
. . . Channelgroup
Channelgroup
. . .
Figure 1 The Subcell Structure Supported by Ericsson's GSM System
A subcell is a set of channels that share some specific characteristics. Anoverlaid subcell serves a smaller part of the area of an underlaid subcell.
A cell always has an underlaid (UL) subcell, whereas the overlaid (OL) subcellis optional. A subcell structure exists when there is an overlaid subcell defined.The notation “cell/subcell data” (see Section 1.9 on page 7) is used in order toclarify that these parameters may be defined per subcell.
Each subcell is divided into channel groups, which include a subset of thefrequencies defined for a cell. A channel group can not be shared betweendifferent subcells. Same frequency can be defined in two channel groups withinthe cell but it must not be used at the same time.
1.9 Conventions
In this section, rules and conventions for the parameter section in the CDDdocument are issued.
7320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
“The parameter is /valid for/set per/ XXXX”
MSC The parameter is valid for all cells inthe MSC.
BSC The parameter is valid for all cells inthe BSC.
BSC exchange property The exchange properties are changedby means of a generic command,but they are essentially the same asregular parameters.
Cell The parameter is valid for both ULand OL subcell, if there is a subcellstructure defined.
Cell/Subcell The parameter may be definedindividually for UL and OL subcells,in case there is a subcell structuredefined. Otherwise, they are definedper cell.
Neighbor Cell The parameter need to be defined forinternal neighbor cells.
External Cells See Section 3.2.3 on page 42.
“Name of the parameter”, for example BSPWRB, DCASTATE, MSC NAME
If bold: BSC command parameters are writtenwith capital letters and are bold-faced.
If plain text: A “state variable” corresponding toa state of a feature in the BSC/Cell,for example ACTIVE/INACTIVE. Thestate variable is not a parameter andthe state variable is changed with acommand.
If plain text in Italics: This parameter has no correspondingname in the BSC commanddescriptions and the string has noequivalence/meaning elsewhere in thesystem.
Description items
Type: String, Numeral or Identifier. Format inthe database
Range: The value range of the parameter
8 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
General Information
Unit: For example dB, dBm, ARFCN(Absolute radio Frequency ChannelNumber), deci hours and so on.
Default: This is the BSC default value
Command: The parameter is initiated/affected/printed by this/these MML commands.
Different types of commands:
xxxxI: Initiate.
xxxxC: Change.
xxxxE: End.
xxxxP: Print.
O&M: Possible impact of the parameterchange to the service state.
Comments: Clarifying notes about the parameter.
9320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
10 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Site Data
2 Site Data
2.1 Common Site Data
The common site data is the same for all cells in a site.
RSITE
Type: String
Range: 3 to 15 characters
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC
RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comments: Radio Site. Identity of the radio sitewhere the transceiver group (TG) islocated.
11320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
12 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3 Cell Data
3.1 Common Data
3.1.1 BSC Data
DL
Type: Numeral
Range: -12 to 12
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RRLLC, RRLLP
O&M: -
Comments: Downlink Line level
UL
Type: Numeral
Range: -12 to 12
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RRLLC, RRLLP
O&M: -
Comments: Uplink Line Level.
3.1.2 Cell Data
BSPWRB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command:
RLCPC, RLCPP
13320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: In some cases it is possible to set this parameter to a non-validvalue (as described in the comment below). Then, the activation ofthe channel group might not be able to perform correctly.
Comments:
Base Station output power in dBm for the BCCH RF channelnumber.
The BTS can transmit with different power levels on the frequencythat carries the BCCH and on the frequencies that do not carry it.The power is specified at the Power Amplifier (PA) output, that isimmediately after the transmitter unit and before the combiner.
For RBS 2101/2102/2103/2106/2107/2202/2206/2207/2216 andRBS 6000 DUG/RUG the following is valid:
GSM800:
35 to 47, 49(1), 51(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
35 to 47, 49(1), 51(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
33 to 45, 47(1), 49(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM1900:
33 to 45, 47(1), 49(2) dBm, odd values only.
(3)
For RBS 2109 the following is valid:
GSM800:
31 to 43, 45(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
31 to 43, 45(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800
29 to 41, 43(1) dBm, odd values only.
GSM1900:
29 to 41, 43(1) dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2111 the following is valid:
GSM900:
31 to 43, 45(1), 47 dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
31 to 43, 45(1), 47 dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2309 the following is valid:
GSM900:
25 to 37, 39(1) dBm, odd values only
14 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
GSM1800:
25 to 37, 39(1) dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2301/2302/2308 the following is valid:
GSM800(2308only):
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1900:
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2401 indoor the following is valid:
GSM900:
7 to 19 dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
GSM1900:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2409 the following is valid:
GSM1800:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only(4)
GSM1900:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only(4)
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, GSM 800/900/1800/1900, the following isvalid in backward compatible mode Abis O&M version G12R12(bothodd and even values):
Number of TRXs in one MCPA:Maximumpower perMCPA
1 2 3 4 6 8
15320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
50dBm
- - - 32 to 44dBm
30 to 42dBm
29 to 41dBm
49dBm
- - - 31 to 43dBm
30 to 42dBm
28 to 40dBm
48dBm
36 to48 dBm
33 to 45dBm
31 to 43dBm
30 to 42dBm
- -
46dBm
- 31 to 43dBm
- - - -
43dBm
31 to43 dBm
- - - - -
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, the following is valid for Abis O&Mversion G12R13:
GSM800/900/1800/1900:
20 to 50dBm, odd and even values
(1) Software Power Boost (not applicable for RBS 2401 and RBS 6000 DUG/RUS): The featureSoftware Power Boost is activated by setting BSPWRB to a special value that is 2 dB higher thanthe maximum possible power at the PA output. TX diversity is used and each TX supportingthe master-slave configuration is configured. A BTS with filter combiner does not supportSoftware Power Boost.(2) Transmitter Coherent Combining: The feature Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC) isactivated by setting BSPWRB to a special value that is 4 dB higher than the maximum possiblepower at the PA output. TCC is applicable to RBS 2106, 2107, 2206, 2207 and 2216 only.(3) For GSM 900 - TRU: KRC 131 47/01, the range is 31 to 43 dBm. If one or more GSM TRUtype KRC 131 47/01 is used within one cell the maximum output power for that cell shall belimited to 43 dBm. To ensure that, the parameter MPWR (see Page 358) shall be set to 43dBm for all TXs on that cell.(4) SWPB and TCC are not applicable
CELL
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: All commands where a specific cell ispointed out.
Cell definition: RLDEI
16 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Cell name. It is recommended to usethe name of the site plus one morecharacter that identifies the cell withinthe site. The best choice for thischaracter is a number (1,2,3...) or aletter (A,B,C...) identifying the antennapointing direction of the cell. The 0(zero) degrees true north directioncan be taken as a reference. The cellwhose antenna direction is closest tothe reference direction when countingclockwise, should be assigned letter A(or number 1).
NEWNAME
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC
O&M: If the cell is an internal cell, theparameter is only allowed to bechanged in cell state HALTED.
Comments: The parameter is used to change thename of a cell. See parameter CELL,Page 16, for recommendations.
CGI
Type: MCC-MNC-LAC-CI
Range: MCC: 3 digits (Mobile CountryCode).
MNC: 2 or 3 digits (MobileNetwork Code).
LAC: 1 to 65535 (LocationArea Code).
CI: 0 to 65535 (Cell Identity).
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
17320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: If the cell is an internal cell, the parameter is onlyallowed to be changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments: CGI (Cell Global Identity) is the global identity ofthe cell in the whole system. It is composed of fourdifferent parameters:
MCC Mobile Country Code,
MNC Mobile Network Codeidentifying the PLMN(Public Land MobileNetwork, that is theoperator),
LAC Location Area Code,
CI Cell Identity within thelocation area.
CGI is sent to the mobile station (MS) as a part ofthe system information message (GSM Rec. 04.08).The combination MCC-MNC-LAC is also known asthe location area identity (LAI).
BSIC
Type: NCC-BCC
Range: NCC: 0 to 7 (Network ColourCode).
BCC: 0 to 7 (Base station ColourCode)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: If the cell is an internal cell, the parameter is onlyallowed to be changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments: BSIC (Base Station Identity Code) is composed oftwo entities:
NCC Network Colour Code.
BCC Base station Colour Code.
18 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
BSIC is defined on a per cell basis and it is sent onthe logical synchronisation channel (SCH) on theBCCH frequency.
Reference [4], Annex A, assigns one NCC value "n"to each European country "to ensure that the sameNCC is not used in the adjacent PLMNs". A secondoperator in a given country would use the NCC value"n+4".
When an MS reports the results of the measurementsmade on the serving cell and the neighbouring cells,it indicates (Reference [8], section 10.5.2.20):
The measured signal levels on the serving cell.
The measured levels, the BSIC and the BCCHfrequency of the neighbouring cells.
Only measurements from cells with allowed NCC arereported (see parameter NCCPERM, Page 53).
The colour code NCC is then used to discriminatecells that use the same frequency. Though mainlyintended for the purpose of differentiating PLMNs, italso serves to distinguish cells within one PLMN thatuse the same frequency provided they have beenassigned different NCC. If there are two operators ina country, they can use more than two PLMN colourcodes each one, provided that in border areas onlythe values "n" and "n+4" are used.
What is stated here should be considered as generalguidelines. Of course any type of NCC assignmentmust be decided by agreements between operatorsand countries.
Regarding the protection against co-channelinterference, the MS reports the BCC value sothat the BSC can distinguish among differentcells transmitting on the same frequency. For thispurpose the BCC must be allocated as wisely aspossible. If frequency reuse clusters are used thenit is recommended that all BTSs in a given clusteruse the same BCC. In this way the reuse distanceof a certain BCC can be maximised according to thefrequency reuse distance.(1)
(1) Only 8 different values (BCC: 0 to 7) are used for the purpose of recognizing co-channelinterference.
BCCHNO
19320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800).
512 to 810 (GSM 1900)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: Absolute RF channel number forBCCH.
Absolute RF channel number alreadydefined for a dedicated channel cannot be used.
The frequency carrying the BCCH(Broadcast Control Channel) in acell, is defined by the Absolute RadioFrequency Channel Number, ARFCN,with the parameter BCCHNO. Thedefined ARFCN must be unique withinthe cell.
According to the GSM 800recommendations the channelsare numbered as follows:
fl(n) = 824.2 + 0.2*(n–128) in MHz,where n (Absolute Radio FrequencyChannel Number, ARFCN) goes from128 to 251 and fl is a frequency in thelower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 45 in MHz, where n goesfrom 128 to 251 and fu is a frequencyin the upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 900recommendations the channelsare numbered as follows:
20 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
fl(n) = 890.2 + 0.2*(n–1) in MHz, wheren (Absolute Radio Frequency ChannelNumber, ARFCN) goes from 1 to 124and fl is a frequency in the lower band,BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 45 in MHz, where n goesfrom 1 to 124 and fu is a frequency inthe upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 1800recommendations the channels arenumbered as follows:
fl(n) = 1710.2 + 0.2*(n–512) in MHz,where n (Absolute Radio FrequencyChannel Number, ARFCN) goes from512 to 885 and fl is a frequency in thelower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 95 in MHz, where n goesfrom 512 to 885 and fu is a frequencyin the upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 1900recommendations the channels arenumbered as follows:
fl(n) = 1850.2 + 0.2*(n–512) in MHz,where n (Absolute Radio FrequencyChannel Number, ARFCN) goes from512 to 810 and fl is a frequency in thelower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 80 in MHz, where n goesfrom 512 to 810 and fu is a frequencyin the upper band, BTS transmitter.
BCCHTYPE
Type: Identifier
Range: COMB, COMBC, NCOMB
Unit: -
Default: NCOMB
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed in cellstate HALTED.
Comments: Type of BCCH.
21320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
COMB indicates that the cellhas a combined BCCHand SDCCH/4 (seeparameter SDCCH,Page 36).
COMBC indicates that the cell hasa combined BCCH andSDCCH/4 with a CBCHsubchannel.
NCOMB indicates that the celldoes not have any typeof combined BCCH andSDCCH/4.
The BCCH is always allocated to time slot number 0(TN0) in the defined ARFCN.
The CBCH is used for transmission of the messageswhen the function Short Messages Service CellBroadcast (SMSCB) is activated in the cell. SMSCBenables the operator to submit short messages forbroadcasting to a specific area within the PLMN.
AGBLK
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7 if non-combined BCCH is used.
0 to 2 if combined BCCH andSDCCH/4 is used
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged in cell state HALTED.
22 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Number of reserved access grantblocks.
Number of CCCH blocks reservedfor the access grant channel. Theremaining CCCH blocks are used forthe paging channel.
In each downlink non-combinedSDCCH 51 frames multiframe thereare 9 different CCCH blocks and in thecombined BCCH/SDCCH there are 3different blocks. They can be used to:
• Send paging messages, that is usedas a Paging Channel.
• Send access granted messages, thatis used as an Access Grant Channel.
After an MS tunes to the BCCH/CCCHchannel and decodes the SystemInformation, it performs an evaluationthat, taking into account the MS'sown IMSI (International Mobile StationIdentity) number, determines to whichparticular CCCH block in the physicalchannel it should listen (Reference[9]). Every CCCH in the physicalchannel (Paging Subchannel) sendspaging messages to a certain group ofMSs that are called its paging group.The reason for the existence of suchpaging groups is that the MSs cansave batteries because it only needsto listen to its own Paging Subchannelmessages.
The physical channel (PagingSubchannel) sends paging messagesto a certain group of MSs. Asmentioned before these very sameCCCH blocks are also used to sendAccess Grant messages to the MSs,that is to answer a Random Accessmessage that an MS wanting to accessthe system has sent to the system,and to send notifications on the NCH.
The structure of the BCCH regardingPaging messages and Access Grantmessages can be controlled by thetwo parameters AGBLK and MFRMS.
23320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
AGBLK tells how many of the CCCHblocks that should be reserved forthe Access Grant messages andNCH information. In Ericsson's GSMsystem, Access Grant messages aregiven priority over Paging messages.Together with MFRMS, AGBLKindicates how many paging groupsthere will be.
With a non-combined BCCH andAGBLK = 1, there are 8 CCCH blocksin each multiframe. This means that itis possible to have 16 to 72 differentPaging Subchannels, that is PagingGroups. (Since MFRMS can takevalues between 2 and 9.)
With a combined BCCH/SDCCH andAGBLK = 1, there are 2 CCCH blocksin each multiframe. In this case itis possible to have 4 to 18 differentPaging Groups.(1)
(1) AGBLK must not be 0 when SI 7 and 8 have to be sent, when short message service cellbroadcast (SMSCB) is in use on a cell not using combined BCCH and SDCCH/4 (GSM05.02) orwhen Voice Group Call Service is used in the cell.
MFRMS
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 9
Unit: CCCH multiframes
Default: 6
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged in cell state HALTED.
24 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Multiframes period. Defines period oftransmission for PAGING REQUESTmessages to the same pagingsubgroup.
Together with AGBLK, MFRMSdetermines the number of paginggroups.
MFRMS is also used by the MS todetermine downlink signalling failurein idle mode (Reference [10]). Thedownlink signalling failure criterion isbased on the downlink signalling failurecounter DSC. When the MS campson a cell, DSC shall be initialised toa value equal to the nearest integerto 90/N where N is the MFRMSparameter for that cell. Thereafter,whenever the MS attempts to decodea message in its paging subchannel;if a message is successfully decodedDSC is increased by 1, (howevernever beyond the nearest integer to90/N), otherwise DSC is decreased by4. When DSC reaches 0, a downlinksignalling failure shall be declared. Adownlink signalling failure shall resultin cell reselection.
MFRMS is also used by the MS tocontrol monitoring of received BCCHcarrier level (Reference [10]). Whilstin idle mode an MS shall continue tomonitor all BCCH carriers as indicatedin the BCCH allocation list (BA list). Arunning average of received level inthe preceding 5 to
Max{5, ((5*N+6) div 7)*MFRMS/4}
seconds shall be maintained for eachcarrier in the BCCH allocation. N isthe number of non-serving cell BCCHcarriers in BA.
FNOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1325
25320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: TDMA frames
Default: 0
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged in cell state HALTED.
Comments: Frame Number Offset.
Indicates the time difference from theFN generator in the BTS.
To prevent that all cells on a site sendBCCH channels at the same time itis possible to define a deviation withrespect to the FN generator calledFNOFFSET. By using FNOFFSET ona synchronised two or three sector sitethe time for decoding BSIC can bereduced.(1)
(1) The RBS 2000 only support the range 0 to 1023.
ECSC
Type: Identifier
Range: NO, YES
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP.
O&M: -
Comments: Early Classmark Sending Control. Indicates if an MSin the cell is allowed to use early classmark sending.
NO Early sending is notallowed.
YES Early sending is allowed.(1)
(1) The parameter ECSC has to be set to YES in order to allow the MS to send the MS multibandand/or multislot capability. No multiband or multislot configuration will be established unlessthe MS capability is known.
SCTYPE
26 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Identifier
Range: UL, OL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: Every command where subcell type need to bedefined.
A subcell structure is defined by the commandRLDSI.
O&M: -
Comments: Subcell type.
UL The subcell type isunderlaid.
OL The subcell type isoverlaid.
A subcell structure can only be defined for aninternal cell.
3.1.3 BSC Exchange Property Data
MNCDIGITHAND
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates how the BSC handles MNC:
0 2-digit MNCadministered and sent,all cases.
1 3-digit MNCadministered and senton the A-interface andGb-interface and 2-digitMNC is sent on theair-interface.
27320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
2 3-digit MNCadministered and sent,all cases.
If the value is 1 then the third MNC digit must havethe value zero.
Changing of the value from 2 to a lower value isonly allowed if the third MNC digit is zero in alldefined cells. If any cell exists with an MNC with thethird digit not equal to zero, then this cell must beundefined before the property value can be changedfrom 2 to a lower value.
3.1.4 Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
MSTXPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 13 to 43 (GSM 800) odd values only.
13 to 43 (GSM 900) odd values only.
4 to 30 (GSM 1800) even values only.
4 to 30 (GSM 1900) even values only
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command: RLCPC, RLCPP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum transmit power for MS onconnection.
BSPWRT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command: RLCPC, RLCPP
28 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: In some cases it is possible to set this parameter to a nonvalid value (as described in the comment below). Then,the activation of the channel group might not be able toperform correctly.
Comments: Base Station output power in dBm for the non-BCCH RFchannel numbers.
The power is specified at the Power Amplifier (PA) output,that is immediately after the transmitter unit and before thecombiner.
For RBS 2101/2102/2103/2106/2107/2202/2206/2207/2216 and RBS 6000 DUG/RUG the following is valid:
GSM800:
35 to 47, 49(1), 51(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
35 to 47, 49(1), 51(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
33 to 45, 47(1), 49(2) dBm, odd values only
GSM1900:
33 to 45, 47(1), 49(2) dBm, odd values only.
(3)
For RBS 2109 the following is valid:
GSM800:
31 to 43, 45(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
31 to 43, 45(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
29 to 41, 43(1) dBm, odd values only.
GSM1900:
29 to 41, 43(1) dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2111 the following is valid:
GSM900:
31 to 43, 45(1), 47 dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
31 to 43, 45(1), 47 dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2309 the following is valid:
GSM900:
25 to 37, 39(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
25 to 37, 39(1) dBm, odd values only
29320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
GSM1900:
25 to 37, 39(1) dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2301/2302/2308 the following is valid:
GSM800(2308only):
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM900:
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
21 to 33, 35(1) dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2401 indoor the following is valid:
GSM900:
7 to 19 dBm, odd values only
GSM1800:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
GSM1900:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2409 the following is valid:
GSM1800:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only(4)
GSM1900:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only(4)
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, GSM 800/900/1800/1900, thefollowing is valid in backward compatible mode Abis O&Mversion G12R12(both odd and even values):
Number of TRXs in one MCPA:Maximumpower perMCPA
1 2 3 4 6 8
50 dBm - - - 32to 44dBm
30to 42dBm
29to 41dBm
49 dBm - - - 31to 43dBm
30to 42dBm
28to 40dBm
48 dBm 36to 48dBm
33to 45dBm
31to 43dBm
30to 42dBm
- -
30 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
46 dBm - 31to 43dBm
- - - -
43 dBm 31to 43dBm
- - - - -
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, the following is valid for AbisO&M version G12R13:
GSM800/900/1800/1900:
28 to 50dBm, odd and even values
(1) Software Power Boost (not applicable for RBS 2401): The feature Software Power Boostis activated by setting BSPWRT to a special value that is 2 dB higher than the maximumpossible power at the PA output. TX diversity is used and each TX supporting the master-slaveconfiguration is configured. A BTS with filter combiner does not support Software Power Boost.(2) Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC): The feature Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC)is activated by setting BSPWRT to a special value that is 4 dB higher than the maximum possiblepower at the PA output. TCC is applicable to RBS 2106, 2107, 2206, 2207 and 2216 only.(3) For GSM 900 - TRU: KRC 131 47/01, the range is 31 to 43 dBm. If one or more GSM TRUtype KRC 131 47/01 is used within one cell the maximum output power for that site shall be limitedto 43 dBm. To ensure that, the parameter MPWR shall be set to 43 dBm for all TXs on that cell.(4) SWPB and TCC are not applicable
3.1.5 Channel Group Data
The channel group data must be given for each defined channel group. Achannel group cannot be shared between different subcells. Frequencyhopping can not be done between channel groups.
CHGR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0 (for cells without a subcell structure).
N/a (for overlaid subcells).
0 (for underlaid subcells)
Command: RLCCC, RLDGI , RLCFP , and othercommands in which a channel groupcan be given
31320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Channel group number.
A cell is divided into one or morechannel groups that contain allphysical channels on an arbitrarynumber of frequencies. Cells with asubcell structure must have at leastone channel group defined in eachsubcell.
A cell without a subcell structure isgiven CHGR = 0 by default. However,a cell planned with a subcell structuresuch as overlaid and underlaidsubcells is given CHGR = 0 by defaultfor the underlaid subcell.
A maximum of 16 channel groups percell can be defined for a cell. A total of4096 channel groups may be definedper BSC.
STATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, HALTED
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSTC, RLSTP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell or Channel Group state:
ACTIVE The cell or channel groupis active.
HALTED The cell or channel groupis halted.
HOP
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLCHC, RLCFP
32 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: When changing the parameter from OFF to ONall ongoing calls in the channel group might bedropped.
Comments: Frequency hopping status:
ON The hopping status forthe channel group ishopping for TCH andSDCCH.
OFF The hopping status forthe channel group is nonhopping.
SDCCHs as well as TCHs can hop. A BCCH will nothop even if it belongs to a channel group definedas hopping.
HSN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M: Changing of this parameter might cause all ongoingcalls in the channel group to be dropped.
Comments: Hopping sequence number.
The hopping BPC is transmitted on a set offrequencies included in a Hopping Frequency Set(HFS). The order of the frequencies to transmit on isdefined by the hopping sequence number HSN, asdescribed in Reference [9].
HSN = 0 cyclic hopping sequence.
HSN = 1 to 63 pseudo randomsequences.
NUMREQBPC
Type: Numeral / Identifier
Range: 8 to 128 in steps of 8, SYSDEF
Unit: -
Default: SYSDEF
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP.
33320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: The number of required basic physical channels(BPCs) in a channel group.
SYSDEF System defined limit.The number of BPCs isdefined by the number offrequencies in a channelgroup.
DCHNO
Type: Numeral
Range: 128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800).
512 to 810 (GSM 1900)
Unit: ARFCN
Default: -
Command: RLCFI, RLCFE, RLCFP
O&M: If DCHNO is added or removed in an ACTIVE channelgroup with synthesized frequency hopping, all ongoingcalls could be dropped and channel group might bemisconfigured.
Comments: Absolute RF channel number.
A maximum of 128 DCHNO can be defined per cell.
A maximum of 32 DCHNO per channel group can bedefined except for channel group 0, which allows only31 DCHNO. This is because one RF channel has to bereserved for the BCCH that is defined by BCCHNO.
A channel group may consist of frequencies from differentGSM 900 bands with one restriction. If the BCCHfrequency is defined in the P-band other DCHNO are onlyallowed in the P-band and not in the G1-band.
For frequency hopping channel groups, additionalrestrictions in terms of maximum range and maximumnumber of frequencies apply for different frequency bands(1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
34 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Frequency bandin the channelgroup
Number of freqsin the hoppingchannel group
Max range
800 1-22 any
900 >22 112
900,P any any
900,P&G1 1-22 any
900,P&G1 >22 112
1x00 1–18 any
1x00 19-22 256
1x00 >22 112(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN1003, 1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
BCCD
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: YES
Command: RLCHC , RLCHP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if the channel group frequencies are allowed (YES)or not (NO) for Immediate Assignment.
It might not be possible to set BCCD=YES for all channelgroups in the cell. This is due to restrictions on themaximum number of hopping frequencies allowed forImmediate Assignment and their maximum ranges fordifferent frequency bands (1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
Frequencyband(s) in thecell
Number ofhopping freqsfor ImmAss
Max range
800 1–22 any
800 23–64 112
900,P 1–64 any
900,P&G1 1–22 any
900,P&G1 23–64 112
35320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1x00 1–18 any
1x00 19–22 256
1x00 23–64 112
800 & 900,P 1–22 any
800 & 900,P 23–64 112
800 & 900,P&G1 1–18 any
800 & 900,P&G1 19–22 256
800 & 900,P&G1 23–64 112
800 & 1x00 1–16 any
800 & 1x00 17–18 512
900,P & 1x00 1–16 any
900,P & 1x00 17–18 512
900,P & 1x00 19–22 256
900,P&G1 & 1x00 1–16 any
900,P&G1 & 1x00 17–18 512
900,P&G1 & 1x00 19–22 256
900,P&G1 & 1x00 23–64 112(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN1003,1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
SDCCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 32
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M: -
Comments: Required number of SDCCH/8.
Call set up, location updating andSMS are using the SDCCH channel.The system supports four types ofcombination for SDCCH channels:
36 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
• SDCCH/4: The SDCCH is combinedwith the BCCH in time slot 0 onthe BCCH carrier. This SDCCHconfiguration provides 4 subchannelsfor signalling. Only one SDCCH/4can be defined for each cell.(BCCHTYPE = COMB).
• SDCCH/4 including CBCH: Onesubchannel is replaced by a CBCH.This SDCCH/4 configuration provides3 subchannels for signalling andone for transmission of 47SMSCBmessages. (BCCHTYPE = COMBC).
• SDCCH/8: This SDCCHconfiguration provides 8 subchannelsfor signalling (BCCHTYPE =NCOMB, CBCH = NO).
• SDCCH/8 including CBCH: Onesubchannel is replaced by a CBCH.This SDCCH/8 configuration provides7 subchannels for signalling andone for transmission of SMSCBmessages (BCCHTYPE = NCOMB,CBCH = YES).
Up to 32 SDCCH/8 can be specifiedper cell. This number is reduced byone if an SDCCH/4 is defined for thecell.
The number of SDCCH/8s in a channelgroup is limited to a maximum equal to:
• the number of TRXs in that channelgroup, when the feature IncreasedSDCCH Capacity is not available
• an average of 2 SDCCH/TRX in thecell, when the feature IncreasedSDCCH Capacity is available, that ismore than 2 SDCCH is possible insome channel groups
(1)
(1) With the function Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels, the number of requiredSDCCHs in a cell can be automatically adapted depending on the demand for such channels.
TN
37320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7 (normal cell)
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M: -
Comments: Timeslot numbers where theSDCCH/8s will be located.
For channel groups in the underlaidsubcell with extended range the TN(s)can only be defined on even values.(1)
(1) A CBCH can only be configured if the defined TN(s) contains TN 0, 1, 2 and/or 3.
CBCH
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell broadcast channel.
YES CBCH shall be includedin one of the SDCCH/8for the cell or channelgroup.
NO No SDCCH/8 for the cellor channel group shallinclude CBCH.
(1)
(1) A CBCH can only be configured if the defined TN(s) contains TN 0, 1, 2 and/or 3.
TSC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: -
38 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: Base station colour code (BCC) partof the BSIC
Command: RLDTC, RLDTP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged when the target channelgroup is in the state HALTED.
Comments: Training Sequence Code.
The Training Sequence Code can onlybe changed for channel groups 1 to15.
It is possible to have different TSCsin different channel groups. It is notpossible to directly change TSC forchannel group 0. Instead it gets thesame value as the BCC part of thecells BSIC.
3.2 Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
3.2.1 Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
Note: Within this chapter, only relations to GSM neighbouring cell aredescribed. For the description of relations to UMTS neighbouring cells,see parameter CELLR, Page 241.
There are two types of parameters that can be defined for each neighbouringcell relation; Hysteresis and Offset parameters. It is possible to define up to64 neighbours for each cell. A total of up to 65532 neighbouring cell relations(internal and external) can be defined per BSC, from which a maximum of65536 can be external.
CELLR
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLNRI, RLNRC, RLNRE, RLNRP
39320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Related cell designation.
The identity of the neighbouring cellfor which the set of parameters shouldbe applied is specified by means ofCELLR. The name of the neighbouringcell must be specified here.
All internal neighbor relations aremutual unless explicitly specified.
Example: If cell B is defined as aneighbor to cell A (CELLR = B) withcertain values for the hysteresisand offset parameters then cell A isautomatically defined as a neighbor tocell B with the same hysteresis values(symmetric relation) and the sameabsolute values but opposite sign forthe offset parameters (asymmetricrelation).
CTYPE
Type: String
Range: EXT, Omitted
Unit: -
Default: Omitted
Command: RLDEI, RLLHP, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: External cell.
If the neighbouring cell belongs to another BSC thenthis must be specified explicitly by means of CTYPE.
EXT The neighbouring cell isexternal.
Omitted The neighbouring cell isinternal.
In addition CGI, BSIC, LAYER, LAYERTHR,LAYERHYST, PSSTEMP, PTIMTEMP, BCCHNO,BSPWR, BSTXPWR, BSRXMIN, BSRXSUFF,MSTXPWR, MSRXMIN, MSRXSUFF, AW, SCHO,MISSNM and EXTPEN must be specified for anexternal neighbouring cell. These parameters arealso defined in the neighbouring cell's home BSC.
40 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
RELATION
Type: String
Range: SINGLE, Omitted
Unit: -
Default: Omitted
Command: RLNRI
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is only specified whenthe relation is one way cell →cellr.This means that offset and hysteresisparameters are only defined in onedirection.
RELATION is always set to single forexternal cells, that is neighbouringcells that belong to another BSC.
CS
Type: String
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Co-site, which indicates if a cell shares the samesite as its neighbor.
YES Cell is co-sited withneighbor.
NO Cell is not co-sited withneighbor.
3.2.2 Additional Parameters Defined for Neighbour Cell Relations
These parameters need to be defined, together with the parameters in Section3.2.1 on page 39, for neighbor cell relations. They are defined by means ofthe command RLNRC.
BQOFFSET
BQOFFSETAFR
41320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
BQOFFSETAWB
AWOFFSET
CAND
Ericsson 1 locating algorithm:
TRHYST
KHYST
LHYST
TROFFSET
KOFFSET
LOFFSET
Ericsson 3 locating algorithm:
HIHYST
LOHYST
HYSTSEP
OFFSET
3.2.3 External Neighbor Cell Data
Note: Within this chapter, only external GSM neighbouring cell are described.For the description of external UMTS neighbouring cells, see parameterCELL, Page 235.
These parameters need to be defined, together with the parameters in Section3.2.1 on page 39 and Section 3.2.2 on page 41, for external neighbouring cells.If applicable, also values for the cell locating hierarchical data (see Section 3.17on page 184) shall be given.
A total of up to 4096 external cells can be defined per BSC.
CGI
BSIC
BCCHNO
MISSNM
EXTPEN
42 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
SCHO
BSPWR
BSTXPWR
MSTXPWR
BSRXMIN
MSRXMIN
BSRXSUFF
MSRXSUFF
AW
LAYER
LAYERTHR
LAYERHYST
PSSTEMP
PTIMTEMP
3.3 Idle Mode Behaviour
3.3.1 Paging - MSC data
PAGREP1LA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS, SETNAME=GSMMMSC
O&M: -
Comments: Repeated paging in one location area.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines in case of mobile terminatingcalls how the paging in one location area is repeated.
43320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
0 Paging in one locationarea is not repeated.
1 Paging in one locationarea is repeated witheither TMSI or IMSI.
2 Paging in one locationarea is repeated withIMSI.
3 Paging is repeated asglobal paging with IMSI.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGREPGLOB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS, SETNAME=GSMMMSC
O&M: -
Comments: Repeated global paging.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines how the global paging isrepeated if the first paging attempt was global.
0 Global paging is notrepeated.
1 Global paging isrepeated with IMSI.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGNUMBERLA
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
44 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Number of location areas in a pagingmessage.
This parameter indicates the maximumpermitted amount of location areasthat can be included in a pagingmessage.
The parameter is optional.
A parameter with a value > 1 is onlyvalid if all BSCs connected to anMSC/VLR support a paging messagewith a list of location areas.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEFRST1LA
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: s
Default: 4
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision for the first paging inone location area.
This parameter defines the timesupervision for the page response ofthe first paging attempt in one locationarea. After expiration of this timerthe paging is repeated accordingto parameter PAGREP1LA. Theparameter is optional.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEFRSTGLOB
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: s
45320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: 4
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision for the first globalpaging.
This parameter defines the timesupervision for the page response ofthe first global paging attempt. Afterexpiration of this timer the pagingis repeated according to parameterPAGREPGLOB. The parameter isoptional.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEREP1LA
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: s
Default: 7
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision for the repeatedpaging in one location area.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines the timesupervision for the page response ofrepeated paging in one location area.After expiration of this timer no newpaging repetition for this call is done.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs
PAGTIMEREPGLOB
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: s
Default: 7
46 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision for the repeatedglobal paging.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines the timesupervision for page responseof repeated global paging. Afterexpiration of this timer no new pagingrepetition for this call is done.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs
3.3.2 LATA Administration - MSC Data
The following exchange properties are valid only if the function Equal Accessand Transit Network Selection in MSC/VLR and GMSC is implemented. This isan optional GSM1900 function.
LATAUSED
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the usage of LATA administration.
0 LATA administration isnot used.
1 LATA administration isused. The parameter isoptional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGLATA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
47320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS,SETNAME=GSMMMSC.
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if LATA paging is used for mobileterminating calls or not.
0 LATA paging is not used.
1 LATA paging is used.
This parameter is only valid if parameter LATAUSED= 1. The parameter is optional.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGREPCT1LA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS,SETNAME=GSMMMSC.
O&M: -
Comments: Defines how the paging is repeated in one locationarea.
0 Paging in one locationarea is not repeated.
1 Paging in one locationarea is repeated witheither TMSI or IMSI.
2 Paging in one locationarea is repeated withTMSI.
3 Paging is repeatedas call delivery LATApaging with IMSI.
This parameter is only valid if parameter PAGLATA= 1. The parameter is optional.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
48 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
PAGTIMEREPLATA
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: s
Default: 7
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the time supervision for pageresponse of repeated LATA paging.After expiration of this timer no newpaging repetition for this call is done.
This parameter is only valid ifparameter PAGLATA = 1. Theparameter is optional.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.3 Implicit Detach - MSC Data
BTDM
Type: Numeral
Range: 6 to 1530 in steps of 6, OFF
Unit: min
Default: OFF
Command: MGIDP , MGIDI.
O&M: -
Comments: Base time duration of implicit detachof a mobile subscriber by the network.
BTDM must be as long as the longestperiodic updating time (T3212) in theinterworking BSCs.
The supervision time is the sum ofBTDM and GTDM.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
GTDM
49320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 255
Unit: min
Default: -
Command: MGIDP , MGIDI.
O&M: -
Comments: Guard time duration.
The guard time is used to preventunnecessary marking of MS as implicitdetached.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.4 Automatic Deregistration - MSC Data
TDD
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 255, OFF
Unit: days
Default: OFF
Command: MGADI.
O&M: -
Comments: Automatic deregistration supervisiontime.
Offers the possibility to automaticallyderegister mobile subscribers thathave had no radio contact during acertain period of time in the MSC/VLR.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.5 Idle Mode Behaviour - Cell Data
These parameters are sent in the System Information on BCCH & SACCH.
Note: Within this chapter, only parameters that are used in GSM cell selectionand reselection are described. For the description of parameters usedin GSM - UMTS cell reselection, see parameter UMFI, Page 230.
50 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
ACCMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: See comments
Default: 110
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum received signal level in dBm at the MS forpermission to access the system.
47 greater than –48dBm
(level 63)
48 –49 to –48 dBm (level 62)
...
108 –109 to –108dBm
(level 2)
109 –110 to –109dBm
(level 1)
51320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
110 less than –110dBm
(level 0)
In Ericsson's GSM system, the MS power can be controlledby the parameter CCHPWR, which indicates the maximumtransmitter power that the MS is allowed to use whenperforming an access to the system (Reference [7]).
Whilst in idle mode, the MS continuously confirms that ithas chosen the most appropriate cell by calculating thequantity C1 from the received signal level rxlev:
C1 = (rxlev —ACCMIN) —max (CCHPWR —P, 0)
The MS camps on the cell providing the highest positive C1.
The condition states that an MS must measure signalstrength higher than ACCMIN from a cell to be able toaccess the system via this cell.
In addition, if the MS maximum possible output power,P, is lower than CCHPWR then the requirement on thesignal strength increases by the difference between Pand CCHPWR. This means that if the MS cannot reachthe maximum output power then the requirement on thesignal strength in the downlink is harder. In this case, themeasured cell is probably not designed for MSs of thatclass.
A low value of ACCMIN means that the coverage in idlemode is improved at the expense of the risk of having anincreased number of call set-up failures.
CCHPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 13 to 43 in steps of 2 (GSM 800).
13 to 43 in steps of 2 (GSM 900).
4 to 30 in steps of 2 (GSM 1800).
4 to 30 in steps of 2 (GSM 1900)
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum transceiver power level anMS may use when accessing on acontrol channel.
52 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
CRH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 14 in steps of 2
Unit: dB
Default: 4
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell Reselection Hysteresis. Receivingsignal strength (rxlev) hysteresis forrequired cell reselection over locationarea border.
Each change of location area requiresa location update to be performed,which increases signalling load. Inorder to prevent ping-pong effectsfor cell selection across location areaborders, a hysteresis, defined by CRH,is used.
A cell in a different location area is onlyselected if it is “better” in terms of thequantity C2 for GSM phase 2 mobilesor C1 for GSM phase 1 mobiles, thanthe cells in the current location areaby at least the value of CRH during aperiod of 5 seconds.
The C2 criterion is given in thedescription of parameter CRO.(Reference [7]).
NCCPERM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
53320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: PLMN (NCC) Permitted.
Defines the allowed NCCs (NetworkColour Code) on the BCCH carriersfor which the MS is permitted to sendmeasurement reports.
Up to 8 NCCs can be defined(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.27). Seealso parameter BSIC, Page 18.(1)
(1) NCCPERM is not changeable if a Competitor Coverage Evaluation Active BA-list Recordingis ongoing.
SIMSG
Type: Numeral
Range: 1, 7, 8
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSMC, RLSMP
O&M: -
Comments: System Information BCCH Message.
When the cell is connected to a BTS equipmentthat supports GSM phase 2 system information, it ispossible to turn on or off the distribution of SystemInformation Messages 1, 7, and 8.
SIMSG is the pointer which specifies the SystemInformation Message to be turned on or off by theparameter MSGDIST.
MSGDIST must be specified for each one of theSystem Information Messages.(1)
Example of parametersettings:
SIMSG = 1 MSGDIST = ON
SIMSG = 7 MSGDIST = OFF
SIMSG = 8 MSGDIST = OFF
(1) The parameter AGBLK must not be zero when system information types 7 and 8 are sent.
MSGDIST
54 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: see comments
Command: RLSMC, RLSMP
O&M: -
Comments: System Information BCCH Message distribution.
ON System InformationBCCH Message isdistributed.
OFF System InformationBCCH Message is notdistributed.
Recommended default settings:
MSGDIST type 1 = ON
MSGDIST type 7 = OFF
MSGDIST type 8 = OFF(1)
(1) Channel group 0 has to be in state ACTIVE when this parameter is set.
CB
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell Bar Access.
Defines whether the cell is barred for access or not.
NO The cell is not barred foraccess.
YES The cell is barred foraccess.
It is possible to use CB to bar a cell (Reference [7]and Reference [10]). When a cell is barred it isignored by MSs in idle mode but an active MS canperform handover to it.
55320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CBQ
Type: Identifier
Range: HIGH, LOW
Unit: -
Default: HIGH
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell Bar Qualify.
HIGH The cell has high priority
LOW The cell has low priority
For GSM phase 2 MSs, a cell can be given twolevels of priority. This is controlled by the parameterCBQ in conjunction with CB, as shown in belowtable.
The interpretation of CB and CBQ varies dependingon whether the MS is a phase 1 MS or a phase 2MS. For phase 2 MSs the behaviour is also differentin cell selection compared to cell reselection.
CBQ CB Phase 2 MS Phase 1 MS
Cell sel. Cell resel. Cell sel./resel.
HIGH NO normal normal normal
HIGH YES barred barred barred
LOW NO low priority normal normal
LOW YES low priority normal normal
In idle mode the MS looks for suitablecells to camp on by checking cells indescending order of received signalstrength. If a suitable cell is found,the MS camps on it. At cell selectionwith a phase 2 MS, cells can have twolevels of priority, suitable cells whichare of low priority are only camped onif there are no other suitable cells ofnormal priority (Reference [7]).
ACC
56 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral/Identifier
Range: 0 to 15, CLEAR
Unit: -
Default: CLEAR
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Access Control Class.
Defines which access classes that are barred. Up to16 access classes can be defined. Class 10 definesemergency call in the cell.
0 to 9 Access classes that arebarred.
10 Emergency call notallowed for MSsbelonging to classes0 to 9.
11 to 15 Access classes that arebarred.
CLEAR No access classes arebarred.
It may be of interest to the operator to bar theaccess to the system to a certain type of MS.For this purpose it is possible to define up to 16different access classes of MSs and then select theclasses that can not access a cell by means of ACC(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.29).
The classes are defined according to Reference[3]. Classes 0 to 9 are reserved for the operator tobe used for normal subscribers (home and visitingsubscribers). Classes 11 to 15 are defined asfollows:
11 PLMN use.
12 Security Services.
13 Public utilities.
14 Emergency services.
15 PLMN staff.
MAXRET
57320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 1, 2, 4, 7
Unit: -
Default: 4
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum retransmissions.
Defines maximum number ofretransmissions an MS may do whenaccessing the system on RACH.
TX
Type: Numeral
Range: 3 to 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit: -
Default: 50
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
58 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: TX-integer.
Defines the number of timeslots overwhich the MS may spread transmissionwhen accessing the system.
When the MS accesses the systemit can spread the transmission overa certain number of timeslots. Theparameter TX that the MS receivesas a part of the system informationmessage (Reference [8], section10.5.2.29) is used to calculate thetime interval between successivetransmissions.
The MS sends maximum MAXRET+1Channel Request messages on theRACH to the BTS in a way such that(Reference [8], section 3.3.1.2):
• the number of slots belongingto the mobile station's RACHbetween initiation of the immediateassignment procedure and thefirst Channel Request message(excluding the slot containing themessage itself) is a value drawnrandomly for each new initialassignment initiation with uniformprobability distribution in the set {0, 1, ..., max(TX,8)–1}.
• the number of slots belongingto the mobile station's RACHbetween two successive ChannelRequest messages (excluding theslots containing the messagesthemselves) is a value drawnrandomly for each new transmissionwith uniform probability distribution inthe set {S, S+1, ..., S+TX–1}, whereS is a parameter depending on theCCCH-configuration and - for GSMphase 2 mobiles - on the value of TXas defined in the table below.
TX S for GSM phase 2 MSs
non combined CCCH combined CCCH/SDCCH
59320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3, 8, 14, 50 55 41
4, 9, 16 76 52
5, 10, 20 109 58
6, 11, 25 163 86
7, 12, 32 217 115
Example (GSM phase 2 MS): If thecell has a non combined CCCH andTX=7 then the interval between eachretransmission may be
1 second (217 RACH slots),
1 sec. + 4.615 ms,
1 sec. + 2*4.615 ms,
...
1 sec. + 6*4.615 ms
For GSM phase 1 mobiles, S takes thefollowing values:
0.25 seconds in case of non-combinedCCCH.
0.35 seconds in case of combinedCCCH/SDCCH.
ATT
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: YES
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Attach-detach allowed.
NO MSs in the cell are notallowed to apply IMSIattach and detach.
60 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
YES MSs in the cell shouldapply IMSI attach anddetach.
ATT tells the MS if it is allowed to apply IMSI attachand detach, that is if the MS is allowed to send amessage to the system every time it is turned on oroff (Reference [8], section 10.5.2.11).
T3212
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 255
Unit: Deci hours
Default: 40
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: T3212 time-out value.(1)
Defines the time-out value that controls the locationupdating procedure, that is when notifying theavailability of the MS to the network. (Reference [8],section 10.5.2.11).
0 Infinite time-out.
1 0.1 hours.
...
255 25.5 hours.
(1) See the corresponding MSC parameter BTDM, Page 49.
CRO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell Reselection Offset.
61320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Defines an offset to encourage or discourage MSs toselect the cell while it is camping on another cell, thatis perform a cell reselection.
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
...
63 126 dB
In order to optimise cell reselection, the additionalcell reselection parameters CRO, TO, and PT arebroadcast on the BCCH of each cell. The cellreselection process employs a quantity C2 for GSMphase 2 MSs, which depends on these parameters(Reference [7]). GSM phase 1 MSs use the quantityC1 for cell reselection instead, that is these mobilesdo not experience an offset.
The reselection quantity C2 is defined as:
C2 = C1 + CRO — TO *H(PT —T)
for PT ≠ 31
C2 = C1 —CRO for PT = 31
where
H(x) = 0 for x < 0
62 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
= 1 for x ≥ 0
T is the timer, started from zero at the point at whichthe cell was placed by the MS on the list of strongestcarriers. T is reset to zero whenever the cell is nolonger on the list of strongest carriers. This will tendto prevent fast moving MSs from selecting the cell(Reference [7]).
The quantity C1 is given in the description ofparameter ACCMIN (see Page 51).
CRO applies an offset to the C2 reselection criterionfor the cell.
TO applies a negative offset to C2 for the duration ofPT after the timer has started for the cell.
PT is the duration for which TO applies. The value 31of the PT parameter is reserved to change the sign ofCRO and the value of TO is ignored as indicated bythe equation defining C2.
These parameters are used to ensure that the MS iscamped on the cell with which it has the probabilityof successful communication on uplink and downlink(Reference [10]).(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
TO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Temporary Offset.
Defines a negative offset applied to CRO.
0 0 dB
1 10 dB
...
6 60 dB
63320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
7 infinite.(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
PT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M: -
Comments: Penalty Time.
Defines duration for which TO is applied.
0 20 seconds
1 40 seconds
...
31 620 seconds
The value 31 indicates that the cell reselection offsetis negative and that the temporary offset is ignored.(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
CCCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 1-4
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RLCCC
O&M: -
Comment: The required number of CCCHs. If the parameterCCCH is set to 1, the feature CCCH is not activated.
TNBCCH
Type: String
Range: GPRS, EGPRS
64 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: -
Default: GPRS
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates if a Timeslot Number (TN) preceding aTN with a CCCH should be possible to configuresupporting EGPRS2-A, EGPRS and GPRS orGPRS only.
3.3.6 BSC Exchange Property Data
PAGBUNDLE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: ms
Default: 50
Command: ROEPC
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter is used to set bundling time forpaging messages sent on the Abis interface toMultiple CCCH capable RBSs.
3.3.7 Hardware Characteristics Data
CCCHCMD
Type: String
Range: NORMAL, BCCHMOVE
Unit: -
Default: NORMAL
Command: RXMOC, RXMSC
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter indicates if it is allowed to move theBCCH and configure it on another TRX in order tofulfill the requirements on the number of CCCHs inthe cell (e.g. the original TRX is not Multiple CCCHcapable).
65320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.4 Locating
3.4.1 Intra-MSC Handover - MSC Data
Intra-MSC handover is a handover between BSCs within the MSC. Theseparameters are valid both for anchor and non-anchor MSCs.
HNDRELCHINTRAM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Channel release in intra-MSC inter-BSC handover.
HNDRELCHINTRAM defines the release ofthe original channel after expiration of thetimer TIMHNDCMDINTRAM for handover timesupervision in intra-MSC inter-BSC handover.
0 The handover signallingis terminated and the callcontinues on the originalchannel.
1 The original channel isreleased.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDSDCCHM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
66 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Intra-MSC inter-BSC handover on signallingchannels.
HNDSDCCHM determines if intra-MSC inter-BSChandover is allowed on signalling channels:
0 Intra-MSC inter-BSChandover is not allowedon signalling channels.
1 Intra-MSC inter-BSChandover is allowed onsignalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDSDCCHTCHM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Intra-MSC inter-BSC handover from signalling totraffic channel.
HNDSDCCHTCHM determines if intra-MSCinter-BSC handover is allowed from signalling totraffic channel:
0 Intra-MSC inter-BSChandover is not allowedfrom signalling to trafficchannel.
1 Intra-MSC inter-BSChandover is allowedfrom signalling to trafficchannel.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM
Type: Numeral
Range: 5 to 120
67320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: Seconds with 1 sec intervals
Default: 15
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision in intra-MSCinter-BSC handover.
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM describesthe time between the HANDOVERCOMMAND and HANDOVERCOMPLETE messages in intra-MSCinter-BSC handover (according toReference [5]).(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDTGSOPINTRA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2500
Unit: Milliseconds with 20 ms intervals
Default: 80
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Time supervision of switching moment of the groupswitch (GS) in the MSC at intra-MSC inter-BSChandover. The parameter is only valid and can onlybe changed if the time supervision is used to definethe operation point of the GS. Timer is started atsending of Handover Command message.
68 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
0 no time supervisionwhich means GS ischanged at receptionof “handover detect”message or “handovercomplete” message.
The path in the GS in the MSC will be changed atthe first occurrence of the following event:
• timer expiry.
• reception of HANDOVER DETECT from the targetBSC.
• reception of HANDOVER COMPLETE from thetarget BSC.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.2 Inter-MSC Handover in Anchor MSC - MSC Data
HNDSDCCHINTOM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Outgoing inter-MSC handover on signallingchannels in anchor MSC.
It determines if outgoing inter-MSC handover isallowed on signalling channels in anchor MSC. Theparameter is only valid if the inter-MSC handoverdialogue is established with MAP version 2.
0 Outgoing inter-MSChandover is not allowedon signalling channels.
1 Outgoing inter-MSChandover is allowed onsignalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
69320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HNDBEFOREBANSWM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: AXE Parameter.
O&M: -
Comments: Handover before B-answer. The parameterindicates if an inter-MSC handover is allowed ontraffic channels before answer from B-subscriber.
0 Not allowed.
1 Handover allowed.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.3 Inter-MSC Handover in Non-Anchor MSC - MSC Data
HNDSDCCHINTI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Incoming inter-MSC handover on signallingchannels in non-anchor MSC.
It determines if incoming inter-MSC handoveris allowed on signalling channels in non-anchorMSC. The parameter is only valid if the inter-MSChandover dialogue has been established with MAPversion 2 by the anchor MSC.
0 Incoming inter-MSChandover is not allowedon signalling channels.
70 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
1 Incoming inter-MSChandover is allowed onsignalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.4 BSC Exchange Property Data
FASTASSIGN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: FASTASSIGN specifies if Locating shall wait untilreception of the first measurement results beforesending the requested candidate list.
0 Wait for measurementresults.
1 Do not wait formeasurement results.
If no measurements are available and FASTASSIGN= 1, a candidate list that only contains the servingcell is created and sent.
NOOFPHYSINFOMSG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 254
Unit: -
Default: 35
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
71320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: In order to make the parameter changeactive, it is needed to halt and activateall cells in the BSC.
Comments: NOOFPHYSINFOMSG indicates themaximum number of repetitions ofphysical information messages duringthe handover procedure (NY1, seeReference [8], section 3.4.4).
TIMER3105
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 255
Unit: deci seconds
Default: 6
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: TIMER3105 indicates the timebetween repetition of physicalinformation messages during thehandover procedure (T3105, seeReference [8], section 3.4.4).
3.4.5 Algorithm Selection - BSC Data
EVALTYPE
Type: Numeral
Range: 1, 3
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Evaluation type.
EVALTYPE allows for the use of two different typesof locating algorithm.
1 Cell ranking by theEricsson1 locatingalgorithm.
72 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3 Cell ranking by theEricsson3 locatingalgorithm.
The Ericsson3 locating algorithm is simplifiedcompared to the Ericsson1 algorithm.
3.4.6 Flow Control - BSC Data
TINIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 120
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 10
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum time before handover isallowed on an initial call or afterhandover.
The locating comparison is performedevery SACCH period (480 ms), exceptfor certain periods for which themaximum lengths are specified bythe parameters: TINIT, TALLOC andTURGEN. They apply to differentsituations.
The locating process is suspendedduring a time specified by TINIT.
TALLOC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 120
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 2
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
73320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum time between allocationattempts when there is a better cellcondition and when the first allocationattempt has failed.
In the case a handover, intra cellhandover or overlaid/underlaid subcellchange fails due to congestion,the locating process continues butno handover candidate list will beprepared before the timer TALLOChas expired, unless an urgency stateis detected.
TURGEN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 120
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 2
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum time between allocationattempts at an urgency condition andwhen the first allocation attempt hasfailed.
In the case an urgency handoverattempt fails due to congestion, thelocating process will proceed andeven a handover candidate list will beprepared. However the candidate listwill not be transferred to the handoverfunction during the time specified bythe parameter TURGEN, unless thecandidate list contains a better cell.
3.4.7 Filter Control - BSC Data
TAAVELEN
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
74 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: -
Default: 4
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Timing advance average length.Number of values in the averaging oftiming advance.
For the evaluation of timing advancethe algorithm uses a sliding window,the length of which is determined byTAAVELEN. TAAVELEN determinesthe total number of values to be usedin the moving average.
3.4.8 Filter Control - Cell Data
The measurement results are sent from the BTS to the BSC every SACCHperiod (480 ms) starting when the MS is assigned an SDCCH. Themeasurement results are stored and filtered in the BSC. The signal strengthand quality measurements are filtered in order to smooth out measurementnoise. In addition, some fading components of a duration of about the same asthe filter response time, are filtered out.
When filtering measurements for a cell, always the filters that are assignedto the cell are used. This means that serving cell and neighbouring cellmeasurements can be evaluated by different filters, if different filters areassigned to the different cells.
The locating filters are numbered from 1 to 9, and correspond to different filtertypes:
1–5 General FIR filters.
6 Straight average filter.
7 Exponential filter.
8 First order Butterworth filter.
9 Median filter.
Note: For a multislot configuration, only the main channel is evaluated. Thereported downlink quality measurement on the main channel is theworst quality measured among all the uni-directional channels and themain channel.
SSEVALSD
75320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 6
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength filter for speech/data.
The filters for down- and uplink signalstrength in serving cell and downlinksignal strength from neighbouring cellsare selected by SSEVALSD for thechannel mode speech/data.
QEVALSD
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 6
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Quality filter for speech/data.
The filters for quality in down- anduplink in the serving cell are selectedby QEVALSD for the channel modespeech/data.
SSEVALSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 6
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
76 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength filter for signalling only.
The filters for down- and uplink signalstrength in serving cell and downlinksignal strength from neighbouring cellsare selected by SSEVALSI for thechannel mode signalling only.
QEVALSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 6
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Quality filter for signalling only.
The filters for quality in down- anduplink in the serving cell are selectedby QEVALSI for the channel modesignalling only.
SSLENSD
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 10
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of signal strength filter forspeech/data.
SSLENSD shall be specified onlywhen SSEVALSD is in the range 6 to9.
QLENSD
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
77320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 10
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of quality filter for speech/data.
QLENSD shall be specified only whenQEVALSD is in the range 6 to 9.
SSLENSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 4
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of signal strength filter forsignalling only.
SSLENSI shall be specified only whenSSEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
QLENSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 4
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of quality filter for signallingonly.
QLENSI shall be specified only whenQEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
SSRAMPSD
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
78 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 5
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Ramping length of signal strength filterfor speech/data.
SSRAMPSD shall be specified onlywhen SSEVALSD is in the range 6 to9.
SSRAMPSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 2
Command: RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M: -
Comments: Ramping length of signal strength filterfor signalling only.
SSRAMPSI shall be specified onlywhen SSEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
MISSNM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 18
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
79320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum number of consecutivemissing measurements for a servingcell or neighbouring cell permittedbefore all old measurements areconsidered invalid.
If a measurement on a neighbouringBTS is missing in the measurementreport, that neighbor is not includedin the evaluation. When a newmeasurement report containinginformation about that BTS is received,the missing values are linearlyinterpolated. But the interpolationis only allowed if the number ofmissing measurements is equal toor smaller than a certain numberthat is determined by MISSNM.When the number of missingmeasurements exceeds MISSNM allformer measurements from that BTSare discarded and the evaluation ofthat BTS starts again when a newvalue arrives.
If an urgency condition occurs andthere are no neighbouring cells inthe current measurement, the lastreceived measurement containingneighbours is used. If the numberof missing measurements exceedsthe parameter MISSNM the oldmeasurements are considered invalid.
If a measurement from serving cell ismissing, locating is suspended untilthe serving cell measurements startagain.
3.4.9 Basic Ranking - Cell Data
BSPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 80
Unit: dBm.
Default. -
80 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: BSPWR is the BTS output power onthe BCCH frequency.
BSPWR is defined at the referencepoint used in the locating algorithm.
MSRXMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: -
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum required signal strengthreceived at the MS in a given cellto consider the cell as a possiblecandidate for handover.
MSRXMIN takes a positive value,which represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
BSRXMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: -
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum required signal strengthreceived at the BTS, at the referencepoint, to consider the cell as a possiblecandidate for handover.
BSRXMIN takes a positive value,which represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
MSRXSUFF
81320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: -
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Sufficient signal strength received atthe MS to consider the cell selectablefor further ranking according to themagnitude of the path loss.
MSRXSUFF takes a positive valuethat represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
BSRXSUFF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: -
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Sufficient signal strength received atthe BTS, at the reference point, toconsider the cell selectable for furtherranking according to the magnitude ofthe path loss.
BSRXSUFF takes a positive value,which represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
3.4.10 Basic Ranking - Cell/Subcell Data
This parameter may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcell. Incase there is no subcell structure defined, it is defined per cell.
BSTXPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 80
82 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: BSTXPWR is the BTS output poweron all frequencies other than theBCCH frequency.
BSTXPWR is defined at the referencepoint used in the locating algorithm.
3.4.11 Basic Ranking - Neighbor Cell Data
Parameters for the Ericsson1 Locating Algorithm
KHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength hysteresis whenevaluating K-cells.
KHYST is the hysteresis for cellborders defined by the signal strengthcriterion. It is defined as a cell-to-cellrelation. that is in each cell it can bedefined individually for each neighborthat has been defined for that cell.KHYST is a symmetrical relationparameter, that is the same valueapplies for both directions of thecell-to-cell relation.(1)
(1) KHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
LHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
83320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Path loss hysteresis when evaluatingL-cells.
LHYST is the hysteresis for cellborders defined by the path losscriterion. It is defined as a cell-to-cellrelation. that is in each cell it can bedefined individually for each neighborthat has been defined for that cell.LHYST is a symmetrical relationparameter, that is the same valueapplies for both directions of thecell-to-cell relation.(1)
(1) LHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
TRHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 2
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength hysteresis for a K- andL-cell border segment.(1)
(1) TRHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
KOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: -63 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
84 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength offset when evaluatingK-cells.
An offset value is a certain amount ofdB by which the path loss or the signalstrength can be adjusted in order topush the cell border towards or awayfrom the serving BTS.(1)
(1) KOFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
LOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: -63 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Path loss offset when evaluatingL-cells.(1)
(1) LOFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
TROFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: -63 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength offset for a K- andL-cell border segment.(1)
(1) TROFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
Parameters for the Ericsson3 Locating Algorithm
HIHYST
85320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 5
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength hysteresis whenevaluating high signal strength cells.(1)
(1) HIHYST is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
LOHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength hysteresis whenevaluating low signal strength cells.(1)
(1) LOHYST is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
HYSTSEP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 90
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
86 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength separator for high andlow signal strength cells.
HYSTSEP takes a positive value thatrepresents the corresponding negativevalue in calculations.(1)
(1) HYSTSEP is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
OFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: -63 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength offset.(1)
(1) OFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
3.4.12 Urgency Conditions - BSC Exchange Property Data
These parameters are used for statistical reasons only and do not influencethe locating process.
BADQDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Bad quality limit for urgency condition,downlink.
BADQUL
87320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Bad quality limit for urgency condition,uplink.
LOWSSDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 104
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Low signal strength limit for urgencycondition, downlink.
LOWSSUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 104
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Low signal strength limit for urgencycondition, uplink.
3.4.13 Urgency Conditions - Cell Data
TALIM
88 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63 (normal range cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: 62
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Timing advance limit for handover. Urgencydetection parameter.
TALIM determines the maximum timing advancethat the MS is recommended to use in the cell.
If the measured and averaged timing advance valueis equal to or greater than TALIM, the cell must beabandoned urgently if there exists a neighbouringcell that can take over the connection. If no suchcell exists no action is taken.
The useful range of TALIM is
0 to 219 Extended range cellswith RBS 2000.
0 to 63 Normal range cells.
PSSBQ
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 10
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength penalty when handoverdue to bad quality. This penalty isvalid during PTIMBQ.(1)
(1) In order to minimise the risk of immediate handback, PSSBQ should be greater than(BQOFFSET - hysteresis). (That means KHYST or LHYST when using the Ericsson1 locatingalgorithm respective HIHYST or LOHYST when using the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.)
PSSTA
89320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 63
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength penalty when handoverdue to too large timing advance. Thispenalty is valid during PTIMTA.
PTIMBQ
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 600
Unit: Seconds
Default: 10
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M: -
Comments: Penalty time when handover due tobad quality.
PTIMTA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 600
Unit: Seconds
Default: 10
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M: -
Comments: Penalty time when handover due totoo large timing advance.
3.4.14 Urgency Conditions - Neighbor Cell Data
BQOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
90 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength region for bad qualityurgency handovers.
For AMR FR connections, theparameter BQOFFSETAFR is used.
For AMR WB connections theparameter BQOFFSETAWB is used.(1)
(1) BQOFFSET is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
BQOFFSETAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength region for bad qualityurgency handovers for AMR FRconnections.(1)
(1) BQOFFSETAFR is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
BQOFFSETAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
91320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: Signal strength region for bad qualityurgency handover for AMR-WBconnections.(1)
(1) BQOFFSETAWB is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
3.4.15 Urgency Conditions - External Neighbor Cell Data
EXTPEN
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
92 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Handover penalty support.
The parameter EXTPEN shall be usedfor external neighbouring cells, anddefines whether the penalty can bereceived by that cell (that is the BSCcontrolling that cell). It tells whetherthe target BSC (and MSC) supportsthe penalty handling or not. Thevalue OFF activates an inter-BSChandling at urgency handover thatallows urgency handover to a cellin another BSC only if the mobile iswithin a distance radio wise of KHYSTor LHYST (Ericsson 1) or HIHYSTor LOHYST (Ericsson 3) from theaverage cell border, that is withouthysteresis.
The value ON activates the penaltyhandling that consists of sending ahandover cause value to the targetBSC.
The cause value is interpreted by thetarget BSC as “urgency handover”.Both TA urgency as well as bad qualityurgency can be recognised. Thetarget BSC carries out the punishmentof the cell in the old BSC that wasabandoned. However, it uses thepenalty parameter value and penaltytime of the new cell.(1)
(1) EXTPEN should be set to OFF if the external neighbouring cell belongs to a BSC fromanother vendor.
3.4.16 Urgency Conditions - Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
QLIMDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
93320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Quality limit downlink for handover.Urgency detection parameter.
For AMR FR connections, theparameter QLIMDLAFR is used.
If the measured and filtered qualitymeasurements, rxqual, is above thequality limit on the downlink, then theserving cell should be abandonedurgently if there exists a neighbouringcell that can take over the connection.If no such neighbouring cell exists noaction is taken.
QLIMDLAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Downlink quality threshold for badquality urgency handovers for AMRFR connections.
QLIMUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
94 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Quality limit uplink for handover.Urgency detection parameter.
For AMR FR connections, theparameter QLIMULAFR is used.
If the measured and filtered qualitymeasurements, rxqual, is above thequality limit on the uplink, then theserving cell should be abandonedurgently if there exists a neighbouringcell that can take over the connection.If no such neighbouring cell exists noaction is taken.
QLIMULAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Downlink quality threshold for badquality urgency handovers for AMRFR connections.
QLIMDLAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comment: Downlink quality threshold for badquality urgency handovers forAMR-WB connections.
QLIMULAWB
95320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 55
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comment: Uplink quality threshold for bad qualityurgency handovers for AMR-WBconnections.
3.4.17 Handover Failure - Cell Data
PSSHF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 63
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength penalty at handoverfailure.
This penalty is valid during PTIMHF.
When a handover to a cell fails due tosignalling failure, a penalty is assignedto that cell to avoid that the MS returnsto it immediately. The penalties are anamount of dB that are subtracted fromthe measured and averaged signalstrength for the cell in question, rxlev.
PTIMHF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 600
Unit: Seconds
Default: 5
Command: RLLPC, RLLPP
96 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Penalty time at handover failure.
3.4.18 Signalling Channel Handover - BSC Data
IBHOSICH
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Switch, which defines if, inter BSC handover onsignalling channel is allowed.
ON Allowed.
OFF Not allowed.
IHOSICH
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Switch, which defines if intra-cell handover onsignalling channel is allowed.
ON Allowed.
OFF Not allowed.
3.4.19 Signalling Channel Handover - Cell Data
SCHO
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
97320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: SDCCH handover switch.
SCHO is used to identify if handovers on SDCCHare allowed in the cell. The handover procedure isthe same as for handover on the TCH, that is thelocating function prepares a ranking list and sends itto the handover function.
ON Handovers on SDCCHare allowed. This appliesto both handovers fromand to the cell.
OFF Handovers on SDCCHare not allowed.Handovers from aswell as to the cell areinhibited.
(1)
(1) To allow handover on SDCCH between two cells, both cells must have SCHO = ON.
3.4.20 TRH RP Load - Cell Data
CELLQ
Type: Identifier
Range: HIGH, LOW
Unit: -
Default: HIGH
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell quality. CELLQ defines whether the cell issuitable for TRH RP regulation or not.
HIGH The cell is a cell whereminor changes of radiotransmission quality canbe expected.
98 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
LOW The cell is a cell whereradio transmission qualitycan be expected todeteriorate rapidly.
The load of the TRH RPcan be automaticallyregulated by reducing the rate of locatingcalculations for the MSs in the cells that are leastlikely to perform a handover or to be subject todisconnection.
In the case of regulation the calculations areperformed for every second measurement resultarrival (approximately once per second). All arrivedmeasurement results are taken into account in thetime evaluation of measurements.
The parameter CELLQ is used to define whethera cell is suitable for regulation or not. If CELLQtakes the value HIGH then the regulation can beperformed, that is it is assumed that there is no riskfor an increasing number of dropped calls if the rateof locating calculations is reduced. If CELLQ takesthe value LOW then the regulation is not allowed.
3.4.21 Disconnection Algorithm - Cell Data
MAXTA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63 (normal cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: 63
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
O&M: -
99320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Maximum timing advance before an MS isconsidered lost.
If the measured timing advance value for an accessburst is equal to or greater than MAXTA, then theconnection set-up signalling is terminated by thesystem.
If the measured and averaged timing advance valuefor an ongoing call is equal or greater than MAXTA,the call is released.
The useful range of MAXTA is
0 to 219 Extended range cellswith RBS2000.
0 to 63 Normal range cells.(1)
(1) MAXTA should always be greater than the parameter TALIM (see Page 88). MAXTA is ahard limit compared to TALIM, which is a soft limit.
RLINKUP
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 63
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
100 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Radio link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio link counter for theuplink.
RLINKUP is used by the BSC todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isof the same type as the one specifiedfor the MS in Reference [10], called the“leaky bucket” criterion.
A counter that is given the valueRLINKUP is started in the BSC afterthe assignment of a dedicated channel.Two units increase the counter if theSACCH data is successfully decoded.
One unit decreases it if it can not besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then a callrelease is initiated.
RLINKT
Type: Numeral
Range: 8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
101320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Radio Link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio downlink counter.
RLINKT is used by the MS todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isthe “leaky bucket” criterion specified inReference [10].
A counter that is given the valueRLINKT is started in the MS after theassignment of a dedicated channel.Two units increase the counter if theSACCH data is successfully decoded.One unit decreases it if it cannot besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then the callrelease is initiated.
RLINKTAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
102 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Radio Link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio downlink counter forAMR FR connections.
RLINKTAFR is used by the MS todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isthe "leaky bucket" criterion specifiedin Reference [10].
A counter that is given the valueRLINKTAFR is started in the MS afterthe assignment of a dedicated channel.Two units increase the counter if theSACCH data is successfully decoded.One unit decreases it if it cannot besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then the callrelease is initiated.
RLINKTAHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
103320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: Radio Link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio downlink counter forAMR HR connections.
RLINKTAHR is used by the MS todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isthe "leaky bucket" criterion specifiedin Reference [10].
A counter that is given the valueRLINKTAHR is started in the MS afterthe assignment of a dedicated channel.Two units increase the counter if theSACCH data is successfully decoded.One unit decreases it if it cannot besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then the callrelease is initiated.
RLINKUPAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 63
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
104 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M -
Comment: Radio link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio link counter on theuplink for AMR FR connections.
RLINKUPAFR is used by the BSC todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isof the same type as the one specifiedfor the MS in Reference [10], calledthe "leaky bucket" criterion.
A counter that is given the valueRLINKUPAFR is started in theBSC after the assignment of adedicated channel. Two unitsincrease the counter if the SACCHdata is successfully decoded.Oneunit decreases it if it can not besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then a callrelease is initiated.
RLIKUPAHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 63
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
105320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M -
Comment: Radio link time-out. The maximumvalue of the radio link counter on theuplink for AMR HR connections.
RLINKUPAHR is used by the BSC todetermine when to disconnect the callupon repeated failure in decoding theSACCH. The disconnection criterion isof the same type as the one specifiedfor the MS in Reference [10], calledthe "leaky bucket" criterion.
A counter that is given the valueRLINKUPAHR is started in theBSC after the assignment of adedicated channel. Two unitsincrease the counter if the SACCHdata is successfully decoded.Oneunit decreases it if it can not besuccessfully decoded. If the counterreaches the value zero, then a callrelease is initiated.
RLINKTAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 8–64 (in steps of 4)
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
Comment: Radio link time-out downlink. Themaximum value of the radio downlinkcounter for AMR-WB connections.
RLINKUPAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 1-63
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 16
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
106 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: Radio link time-out uplink. Themaximum value of the radio linkcounter on the uplink for AMR-WBconnections.
3.4.22 Handover Power Boost - Cell Data
HPBSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLPBI, RLPBP , RLPBE.
O&M: -
Comments: Handover Power Boost State.
ACTIVE Handover power boostactive.
INACTIVE Handover power boostinactive.
If the feature Handover Power Boost is activated, theoriginating BTS and the MS are ordered to transmitwith maximum allowed power during the handover.
3.5 GPRS/EGPRS Idle Mode Behaviour
3.5.1 Cell Data
PRACHBLK
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RLPDC, RLPDP
107320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum number ofreserved radio block periods forPRACH.
MAXSBLK
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 4
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the maximum value thatBS_PBCCH_BLKS is allowed tohave, that is the maximum number ofreserved radio blocks to be used forthe PBCCH.
MAXSMSG
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 16
Unit: -
Default: 7
Command: RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines maximum number of PSImessages that preferably shall bescheduled on one PBCCH block.
TRAFBLK
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 10
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLPDC, RLPDP
108 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the value of BS_PAG_BLKS_RES, that is the number of blockswithin a multiframe where neitherpaging nor PSI messages shallappear.
CBCHD
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if CBCH description, thatis, PSI8 shall be transferred on thePBCCH or not.
3.6 GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection
3.6.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PSCELLPLAN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates (1) or deactivates (0) thefeature Packet Specific Cell Plan.
NACCACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
109320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates (1) or deactivates (0) thefeature Network Assisted Cell Change(NACC).
3.6.2 Cell Data
PLAYER
Type: Numeral
Range: MAPPED, 1 to 8
Unit: -
Default. MAPPED
Command: RLPSC, RLPSP
O&M: -
Comments: Hierarchical cell layer forGPRS/EGPRS traffic for cellswith defined PBCCH.
The value MAPPED specifies thatthe cell layer is mapped from CSparameters.
PHCSTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: MAPPED, 48, 50, 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: MAPPED
Command: RLPSC, RLPSP
110 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Hierarchical cell threshold forGPRS/EGPRS traffic for cellswith defined PBCCH. It takes apositive value, which representsthe corresponding negative value incalculations.
The value MAPPED specifies thatthe threshold is mapped from CSparameters.
NCRPT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36,30.72, 61.44
Unit: Seconds
Default: 1.92
Command: RLMNC, RLMNP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter tells the MS howoften it should send the PacketMeasurement Report (PMR)message.
NCPROF
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 255
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLNPI, RLNPE, RLNPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter initiate, end and printthe status of the NC2 profile.
3.6.3 Neighbor Cell Data
GPRSVALID
111320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: YES
Command: RLGNC, RLGNP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if the neighbor relation is valid forGPRS/EGPRS traffic for cells with defined PBCCH:
YES GPRS/EGPRS cellreselections are allowed.
NO GPRS/EGPRS cellreselections are notallowed.
PROFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: MAPPED, 0, 1, ..., 31
Unit: -
Default: MAPPED
Command: RLGNC, RLGNP
O&M: -
Comments: GPRS/EGPRS cell reselection offset for cells withdefined PBCCH. The value of this parameter isused in calculations of the cell reselection offset,as follows.
The value MAPPED specifies that the offset ismapped from CS parameters.
0 –52 dB
1 –48 dB
...
9 –16 dB
10 –12 dB
11 –10 dB
12 –8 dB
...
21 10 dB
112 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
22 12 dB
23 16 dB
24 20 dB
...
30 44 dB
31 48 dB(1)
(1) Between –52 dB and –12 dB the step is 4 dB, between –12 dB and 12 dB the step is 2 dB andbetween 12 dB and 48 dB the step is 4dB.
3.6.4 External Cell Data
RAC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 255
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: The Routing Area Code (RAC) is, together with the Cell Identity(CI), used for routing of RAN-INFORMATION messagesbetween BSCs.
RIMNACC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to activate and deactivate NACC forexternal neighbors.
0 OFF
1 ON
113320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.7 Channel Administration/Immediate Assignment onTCH
3.7.1 MSC Controlling Parameters
CRT
Type: RCR-SCRT
Range: RCR:
SCRT:
FR, DFR, DHR.
FR, HR, DFRC, DHRC, DFRN, DHRN, DRSC,DRSN
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: MGTEI, MGTEP.
O&M: -
Comments: Channel Rate and Type.
CRT is used to specify the channel rate and type preference foreach Radio Channel Requirement that can be received fromthe MS. The parameter is set for the teleservices Telephony,Auxiliary telephony and Emergency call.
The following allowed RCR-SCRT combinations may be usedfor CRT:
RCR:
FR Full Rate channel.
DFR Dual rate, Full Rate preferred.
DHR Dual rate, Half Rate preferred.
SCRT:
FR Full Rate channel.
HR Half Rate channel.
DFRC Dual rate, Full Rate preferred, Change allowedafter first channel allocation as a result of therequest.
DHRC Dual rate, Half Rate preferred, Change allowedafter first channel allocation as a result of therequest.
DFRN Dual rate, Full Rate preferred, change not allowedafter first channel allocation as a result of therequest.
114 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
DHRN Dual rate, Half Rate preferred, change notallowed after first channel allocation as a resultof the request.
DRSC Dual Rate, channel preference indicated by thespeech coder preference, changes betweenfull rate and half rate allowed after first channelallocation as a result of the request.
DRSN Dual Rate, channel preference indicated by thespeech coder preference, changes between fullrate and half rate not allowed after first channelallocation as a result of the request.
Example: CRT=FR-FR, DFR-DFRN, DHR-DHRC(1)
(1) RCR FR can only be combined with SCRT FR.
PSCVL
Type: Identifier
Range: FRV1, FRV2, FRV3, FRV5, HRV1, HRV2, HRV3
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: MGTEI, MGTEP.
O&M: -
Comments: Provided Speech Coder Version List.
The parameter is set for the teleservices Telephony, Auxiliarytelephony, Emergency call and Alternate speech/facsimile.
FRV1 Full Rate speech Version1.
FRV2 Full Rate speech Version2.
FRV3 Full Rate speech Version3.
FRV5 Full Rate speech Version5.
HRV1 Half Rate speech Version1.
HRV2 Half Rate speech Version2.
HRV3 Half Rate speech Version3.
PSCVL must be specified in accordance with the SCRT partof CRT.
3.7.2 BSC Exchange Property Data
EBANDINCLUDED
115320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: EBANDINCLUDED is used to decide whetherchannels in the P-GSM 900 band only or whetheralso GSM 900 G1 channels are to be considered forhandling of the radio features:
• Half Rate Packing/Dynamic Half Rate Allocation/Dynamic Half Rate-Full Rate Mode Adaptation
• Cell Load Sharing
• BTS Power Savings
• Subcell Load Distribution
• Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
• GPRS/EGPRS
• GSM - UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover
• Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS)
The following values are available:
0 Only channels in theP-GSM 900 band areconsidered.
1 Channels in all availableGSM 900 bands areconsidered.
MAXCHDATARATE
Type: Numeral
Range: 96 and 144
Unit: -
Default: 96
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
116 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: MAXCHDATARATE indicates the maximumchannel data rate allowed in the BSC. The channeldata rates are 9.6 kbit/s (=96) and 14.4 kbit/s (=144).
96 Max allowed data rate is9.6 kbit/s per channel.
144 Max allowed data rate is14.4 kbit/s per channel.
SPEECHVERUSED
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: SPEECHVERUSED is used to decide if the usedspeech version shall be placed at the top in the listof allowed speech version at handover.
0 Do not place the usedspeech version at thetop in the list of allowedspeech versions.
1 The used speech versionshall be plated at the topof the list of allowedspeech versions.
AMRSPEECHVERUSE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: AMRSPEECHVERUSE is used to decide if the usedspeech version for AMR shall be placed at the top inthe list of allowed speech version at handover.
117320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
0 Do not place the usedspeech version for AMRat the top in the list ofallowed speech versions.
1 The used speech versionfor AMR shall be platedat the top of the list ofallowed speech versions.
HALFRATESUPP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: HALFRATESUPP indicates whethersupport for HR channels is activatedor not.
0 Support for HR channels is activated
1 Support for HR channels is notactivated
3.7.3 Multislot Configuration - BSC Data
BSCMC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLCDC , RLCDP
O&M: -
Comments: BSCMC Multiple Channel Switch.
Identifies if more than one full rate TCH are allowedto be allocated for each MS connection in BSCinternal cells.
118 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
ON Multiple channels foreach MS connection areallowed in cells with theMultiple Channel switchMC set to ON.
OFF Multiple channels arenot allowed for anyMS connection in anycell, even if the MultipleChannel switch MC is setto ON.
3.7.4 Cell Data
CMDR
Type: Numeral
Range: 96 and 144
Unit: -
Default: 144
Command: RLDRC , RLDRP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum channel data rate.
MDR is used to set the maximum channel datarate for the cell. The lowest value of CMDR andMAXCHDATARATE will be the actual channel datarate in the cell. The channel data rates are 9.6 kbit/s(=96) and 14.4 kbit/s (=144).
96 Max allowed data rate is9.6 kbit/s per channel.
144 Max allowed data rate is14.4 kbit/s per channel.
CHAP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 13
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLHPC , RLHPP
O&M: -
119320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Channel Allocation Profile.
Each channel allocation profile provides a channelallocation strategy for all traffic situations. Thestrategies differ with respect to the behaviour of thefeature Immediate assignment on TCH, the handling ofGSM Phase 1 and Phase 2 MSs and the allocation of achannel in an OL subcell.
The following 13 channel allocation profile are available:
CHAP = 0 Default
CHAP = 1 Immediate assignment on TCH,SDCCH chosen first.
CHAP = 2 Immediate assignment on TCH,TCH chosen first, GSM Phase 2MSs, Channel Needed providedby the MSC.
CHAP = 3 Immediate assignment on TCH,TCH chosen first, GSM Phase2 MSs, Channel Needed notprovided by the MSC.
CHAP = 4 Immediate assignment on TCH,TCH chosen first, GSM Phase1 MSs, Channel Needed notprovided by the MSC.
CHAP = 5 Overlaid subcell as last resort.
CHAP = 6 Immediate assignment on TCH,SDCCH chosen first, Overlaidsubcell as last resort.
CHAP = 7 equals CHAP = 0.
CHAP = 8 BCCH in overlaid cell.
CHAP = 9 Inter cell handover andassignment to other cell alwaysto underlaid subcell (restriction).
CHAP = 10 Inter cell handover andassignment to other cell alwaysprioritising underlaid subcell.
CHAP = 11 BCCH in overlaid cell. OLsubcell (only), ImmediateAssignment on TCH, SDCCHchosen first.
120 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
CHAP = 12 BCCH in overlaid cell. OLsubcell (only), ImmediateAssignment on TCH, TCHchosen first.
CHAP = 13 Immediate assignment on TCH,TCH chosen first, Overlaidsubcell as last resort.
NECI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSSC , RLSSP.
O&M: -
Comments: New establishments cause indicator.
NECI is used to indicate to a GSM phase 2 MSwhether to use GSM phase 1 establishment(NECI = 0) causes or the full set of GSM phase 2establishment causes (NECI = 1).
0 New establishmentcauses are NOTsupported.
1 New establishmentcauses are supported.
MC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLCDC , RLCDP
O&M: -
Comments: Multiple Channel switch.
MC identifies if more than one full rate TCH areallowed to be allocated for each MS connection inthe cell.
121320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
ON Multiple channels foreach MS connectionallowed in the cell.
OFF Multiple channels arenot allowed for any MSconnection in the cell.
CSPSALLOC
Type: String
Range: CSPSNOPRF No selection preference
CSNOPRFPSFIRST No selection preferencefor CS and select TCHsfirst for PS
CSNOPRFPSLAST No selection preferencefor CS and select TCHslast for PS
CSFIRSTPSNOPRF Select TCHs first forCS and no selectionpreference for PS
CSFIRSTPSLAST Select TCHs first for CSand select TCHs last forPS
CSLASTPSNOPRF Select TCHs last forCS and no selectionpreference for PS
CSLASTPSFIRST Select TCHs last for CSand select TCHs first forPS
CSLASTPSLAST Select TCHs last for CSand select TCHs last forPS
Unit: -
Default: CSPSNOPRF
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter determines if non-hopping TCHs onthe BCCH frequency should be selected first, last orif there is no preference at CS and PS allocation
CSPSPRIO
122 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: String
Range: CSPRIO/PSPRIO
Unit: -
Default: PSPRIO
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter determines if the CSselection preference for non-hoppingTCHs on the BCCH frequency hashigher or lower priority than thecriterion to avoid TCH groups with PSpriority.
A53PRIO
Type: String
Range: NORMAL, HIGH
Unit: -
Default: NORMAL
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter is used to define the priority ofA5/3 ciphering channel capability at singleslot TCHallocation. It can be set to HIGH in order to prioritizeA5/3 capable channels higher than the avoidanceof EGPRS capable channels, or normal for theopposite result.
Valid from release: G10B
3.7.5 Channel Group Data
SAS
Type: Identifier
Range: QUALITY, MAIO, MULTI
Unit: -
Default: QUALITY
Command: RLGAC , RLGAP
O&M: -
123320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Single slot allocation strategy.
QUALITY Quality consideration
MAIO MAIO consideration
MULTI Multi slot consideration
3.8 GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration
3.8.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
CHCODING
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: CHCODING is used to the GPRS channel-codingscheme that will be used for the uplink:
1 CS-1
2 CS-2
The BTS capabilities will be taken into account whencalculation the actual channel coding scheme usedin the cell. All BTS version supporting GPRS alsosupport CS-2, with the exception of early versionsof RBS2301. If this is the case CS-1 will be usedregardless of the setting of this parameter.
A cell plan optimised for speech will give similar orbetter coverage for GPRS traffic for both CS-1 andCS-2 configurations.
GPRSEDAACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
124 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: GPRS Extended Dynamic AllocationActivation.
This parameter indicates whether asupport for GPRS Extended DynamicAllocation is allowed or not.
0 = OFF
1 = ON
GPRSNWMODE
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: GPRSNWMODE sets the GPRS/EGPRS networkoperation mode
The following values are available:
1 GPRS/EGPRS Networkoperation mode I. TheGs interface between theMSC and the SGSN shallbe present. No masterPDCH will be allocatedin the cell.
2 GPRS/EGPRS Networkoperation mode II. Nomaster PDCH will beallocated in the cell.
PILTIMER
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 3600
Unit: seconds
Default: 10
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
125320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: When an on-demand PDCH becomesidle it is placed in the idle list forthe packet switched domain andPILTIMER is started. When thePILTIMER expires for a PDCH thechannel is returned to circuit switcheddomain.
ONDEMANDGPHDEV
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 256
Unit: -
Default: 20
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: ONDEMANDGPHDEV is used forsetting the number of reserved GPHdevices in an RPP that can be usedfor on-demand PDCH only.
ONDEMANDGPHDG2
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 512
Unit: -
Default: 140
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
Comment:
TBFDLLIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 10 to 80
7 to 100 (from BSS G12A)
Unit: -
Default: 20
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
126 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: When all currently allocated PDCHhave the TBFDLLIMIT number ofTBFs allocated an allocation attemptof more on-demand PDCH is done. Ifthe allocation attempt fails, TBFs willbe allocated on the existing PDCH, upto and including the limit of 80 or 100,when congestion occurs. (1)
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
TBFULLIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 10 to 60
7 to 70 (from BSS G12A)
Unit: -
Default: 20
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: When all currently allocated PDCHhave the TBFULLIMIT number ofTBFs allocated an allocation attemptof more on-demand PDCH is done. Ifthe allocation attempt fails, TBFs willbe allocated on the existing PDCH, upto and including the limit of 60 or 70,when congestion occurs. (1)
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
PSETCHKPERIOD
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 60
Unit: minutes
Default: 5
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
127320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Periodical check of GPRS dedicatedchannels. It sets how often a check willbe performed to verify that the GPRSdedicated channels are allocated onthe best possible TCH group in thecell.
GPRS5TSDLACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if support for MS multislotclasses 30–33 is available or not.
0 = MS multislot classes 30–33 notavailable
1 = MS multislot classes 30–33available
GPRSNEUTRALACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if support for the NeutralUL/DL state is available or not.
0 = Neutral UL/DL state not available
1 = Neutral UL/DL state available
TBFMODEACT
128 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter defines if change ofTBF mode for QoS traffic classesStreaming, Interactive and Backgroundis activated or not.
0 = Change of TBF Mode not activated
1 = Streaming
2 = Interactive and Background
3 = Streaming, Interactive andBackground
TCHOPTIMIZATION
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Used to activate or deactivate theOptimization of TCH Usage for all cellsin a BSC.
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
MSRACREQCCCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
129320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Used to activate or deactivateARAC(Additional Radio AccessCapabilities) retransmission whenEGPRS capable mobiles make aone-phase access on CCCH.
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
Removed from release: BSS G12A
MSRACREQPCCCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Used to activate or deactivateARAC(Additional Radio AccessCapabilities) retransmission whenEGPRS capable mobiles make aone-phase access on PCCCH .
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
Removed from release: BSS G12A
3.8.2 Cell Data
GPRS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLGSI, RLGSE , RLGSP.
130 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Activates/deactivates GPRS/EGPRSsupport in the cell.
FPDCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 16(1)
0 to 8(2)
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: FPDCH is used to dedicate a numberof traffic channels in the cell forGPRS/EGPRS only. The dedicatedPDCH can not be preempted by circuitswitched traffic. When a master PDCHis wanted in the cell, that is whenconfigured for GPRSNWMODE 1 or3 (see Page 125) the first dedicatedPDCH will be configured as masterPDCH.
(1) the sum of FPDCH and SPDCH is limited to 16(2) the sum of FPDCH and SPDCH is limited to 8 when extended range is defined per cell
CSPSALLOC
Type: String
Range: CSPSNOPRF No selection preference
CSNOPRFPSFIRST No selection preferencefor CS and select TCHsfirst for PS
CSNOPRFPSLAST No selection preferencefor CS and select TCHslast for PS
CSFIRSTPSNOPRF Select TCHs first forCS and no selectionpreference for PS
CSFIRSTPSLAST Select TCHs first for CSand select TCHs last forPS
131320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CSLASTPSNOPRF Select TCHs last forCS and no selectionpreference for PS
CSLASTPSFIRST Select TCHs last for CSand select TCHs first forPS
CSLASTPSLAST Select TCHs last for CSand select TCHs last forPS
Unit: -
Default: CSPSNOPRF
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter determines if non-hopping TCHs onthe BCCH frequency should be selected first, last orif there is no preference at CS and PS allocation
CSPSPRIO
Type: String
Range: CSPRIO/PSPRIO
Unit: -
Default: PSPRIO
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter determines if the CSselection preference for non-hoppingTCHs on the BCCH frequency hashigher or lower priority than thecriterion to avoid TCH groups with PSpriority.
PDCHPREEMPT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 8
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP.
O&M: -
132 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Defines what kind of on-demand PDCHs arepossible to preempt for the CS traffic:
0 No PDCHs protected
1 PDCHs used for DTMprotected
2 PDCHS used forStreaming protected
3 PDCHs used for DTMand PDCHs used forStreaming protected
4 Essential PDCHsprotected
5 Essential PDCHs andPDCHs used for DTMprotected
6 Essential PDCHsand PDCHs used forStreaming protected
7 Essential PDCHs andPDCHs used for DTMand PDCHs used forStreaming protected
8 Busy PDCHs protected
PRIMPLIM
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 8
Unit: -
Default: 8
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP. .
O&M: -
Comments: PRIMPLIM defines the maximumnumber of dedicated andsemi-dedicated PDCHs allowedin the primary PSET.
PSKONBCCH
Type: Identifier
Range: ENABLED, DISABLED
133320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: ENABLED
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to disable theuse of modulations other than GMSKon the BCCH carrier.
SCALLOC
Type: Identifier
Range: UL, OL, BOTHUL, BOTHOL
Unit: -
Default: UL
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter restricts and prioritisesGPRS/EGPRS traffic to a certain subcell:
UL GPRS/EGPRS isrestricted to the underlaidsubcell.
OL GPRS/EGPRS isrestricted to the overlaidsubcell.
BOTHUL GPRS is allowed inboth subcells and theunderlaid subcell will beprioritised.
BOTHOL GPRS is allowed in bothsubcells and the overlaidsubcell will be prioritised.
SPDCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 16
Unit: -
Default: 0
Recommended: 2
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP.
134 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Optional preference parameter for thenumber of semi-dedicated PDCHs.
GPRSPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter controls whether preemptable ODPDCHswill be treated as idle or busy for:Dynamic HR allocation and TCH packing functions (thatis HR packing and DYMA)Cell Load Sharing (CLS), Hierarchical Cell Structure(HCS)(1) and BTS Power SavingsSubcell Load DistributionGSM-UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover.
(1) CLS and HCS use the same bit
EITEXCLUDED
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITEXCLUDEDdefines the number of PDCHs (PacketData Channel) excluded from EIT(Ericsson Instant Talk) usage.
EACPREF
Type: Identifier
Range: NO,YES
Unit: -
Default: NO
135320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: EACPREF can (in the BSC) only bechanged when the cell is in the stateHALTED
Comment: The parameter EACPREF is usedto indicate if the BCCH shall beconfigured on a TRX capable of EPCR(EGPRS Packet Channel Request) oron the least capable TRX.
YES: Traverse the list of TRX:s fromthe most capable to the least capable.
NO: Traverse the list of TRX:s fromthe least capable to the most capable.
EACPREF is only valid for ChannelGroup 0.
EFACTOR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
Comment: The parameter defines the level ofpriority EGPRS shall have over GPRS.
0 = OFF
1= Load balacing activated and allTBFs have same priority
2 – 100 = E-TBFs have higher priorityover G- and B-TBFs
DCDLACT
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLDDI, RLDDE, RLDDP
136 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter indicates if the support for DualCarrier Downlink (DCDL) is activated in the cell.
ACTIVE Support for DCDL isactivated in the cell
INACTIVE Support for DCDL is notactivated in the cell
E2AFACTOR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter defines the level of priorityEGPRS2-A shall have over EGPRS and GPRS.It also inidicates if E-TBFs may change mode toB- or G-TBFs so they can be re-reserved on B- orG-PDCHs when no E-PDCHs are available.
0 OFF
1 Load balancing activated and all TBFs havesame priority. E-TBFs can change mode toB- or G-TBFs.
2-100
E2A-TBFs have higher priority over E-, G-and B-TBFs. E-TBFs can change mode toB- or G-TBFs.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
TBFDLLIM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 7-100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
137320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: This parameter indicates the limit for the averagenumber of simultaneous downlink TBFs on eachPDCH in the cell. PDCH reservations will beavoided over this limit unless it is not possible to dothe PDCH reservation in another cell.
The parameter works in the same way asTBFDLLIMIT.
If the value 0 is used then TBF limit for the cell isdefined by BSC exchange property TBFDLLIMIT.(1)
Valid from release: BSS G12A
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
TBFULLIM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 and 7-70
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter indicates the limit for the averagenumber of simultaneous uplink TBFs on each PDCHin the cell. PDCH reservations will be avoided overthis limit unless it is not possible to do the PDCHreservation in another cell.
The parameter works in the same way asTBFULLIMIT.
If the value 0 is used then TBF limit for the cell isdefined by BSC exchange property TBFULLIMIT.(1)
Valid from release: BSS G12A
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
3.8.3 Channel Group Data
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC
138 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 128
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: -
Comments: The wanted number of BPCs in achannel group to be G-TCH.
NUMREQEGPRSBPC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 128
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: -
Comments: The wanted number of BPCs in achannel group to be E-TCH.
NUMREQE2ABPC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 128
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: -
Comment: The wanted number of BPCs in a channel group tobe E2A-TCH.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
TN7BCCH
Type: Identifier
Range: EGPRS, GPRS
Unit: -
Default: GPRS
139320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if Timeslot Number 7 on the BCCHfrequency can be configured with TCHs supportingEGPRS2-A, EGPRS and GPRS, or GPRS only.
TN7BCCH is only valid for the channel group 0.
EGPRS TN7 on the BCCHfrequency can beconfigured with TCHssupporting bothEGPRS2-A, EGPRSand GPRS.
GPRS TN7 on the BCCHfrequency can only beconfigured with TCHssupporting GPRS.
ODPDCHLIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RLGAC, RLGAP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter limits the total numberof on-demand PDCHs in the channelgroup. The parameter indicatesa percentage value of number ofdeblocked FR TCHs in the channelgroup that can be allocated ason-demand PDCHs. (1)
(1) The number of TCHs that can be used as on-demand PDCHs will be truncated to an integer.
ETCHTN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: -
Default: 0 && 7
Command: RLBDC
140 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M:
Comment: ETCHTN is a parameter to decide on whichTNs the EGPRS and EGPRS2A capable BPCsshall be configured. If for example TN 5&&7 isspecified and the number of EGPRS capable BPCs(NUMREQEGPRSBPC) is set to 6 then TN 5, 6and 7 on two different TCHGPRs will be configuredas E-TCHs. It is still possible to allocate E-TCHsand E2A-TCHs on the TNs that are not indicated bythe parameter ETCHTN when all TNs indicated byETCHTN are already configured.
3.9 Dynamic MS Power Control
3.9.1 BSC Data
DTXFUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 40
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 5
Command: RLMAC, RLMAP
141320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Number of measurement periodsbefore the full set of measurementsare used.
The measurement results sent to theBSC every SACCH period (480 ms)include a full set of measurements anda subset of measurements. The fullset of measurements is performed oneach TDMA frame in a basic physicalchannel. The subset of measurementsis performed on those TDMA framesin the basic physical channel wheretransmission is guaranteed, seeReference [10].
The power control algorithm uses thesubset if either DTX is used on a TCHor during a time period after the callhas just been established on a TCH.This time period is specified by theparameter DTXFUL. In all other casesthe power control algorithm uses thefull set.
QLENUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 3
Command: RLMAC, RLMAP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of the uplink quality filter.
REGINTUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 30
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 1
Command: RLMAC, RLMAP
142 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Regulation interval, stationary, uplink.
MS power regulation is performed atintervals specified by REGINTUL. Anew power order is issued only if thecalculated power level is different fromthe current MS power level.
SSLENUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 3 to 15
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 3
Command: RLMAC, RLMAP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of stationary signal strengthfilter, uplink.
3.9.2 Cell Data
The MS power level can be dynamically controlled during a connection. Thepower control strategy is towards a desired signal strength value received inthe BTS.
The BSC calculates the new MS power level by using the data measured bythe BTS and the power level used by the MS, that is the signal strength and thequality on the uplink and the parameters described below.
The MS can change the power level in steps of 2 dB with a maximum of 8steps per SACCH period.
DMPSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLPCI, RLPCE, RLPCP
143320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Dynamic MS power control state.
The command RLPCI initiates MSdynamic power control in a cell. Thecommand is valid for both underlaidand overlaid subcells.
AMRPCSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLAPI, RLAPE, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) powercontrol state.
The feature Dynamic MS PowerControl must be activated in the cellfor the uplink AMR power control towork in the cell. The feature DynamicBTS Power Control must be activatedin the cell for the downlink AMR powercontrol to work in the cell.
MSRPWROFFSETN
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 16
Unit: dB
Default: -
Command: RLMRI, RLMRC, RLMRE, RLMRP
O&M: -
144 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Negative MS power offset. MSRPWROFFSETNisa cell parameter which applies an offset to the MSpower used on the originating channel when theinitial power, to be used on the target channel,is calculated when Reduced Power Level AfterHandover is activated. The parameter is appliedfor intra-cell handovers as well as for inter-cellhandovers in to the cell. This parameter is notprinted together with MSRPWROFFSETP.
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 dB
8 16 dB
9 18 dB
10 20 dB
11 22 dB
12 24 dB
13 26 dB
14 28 dB
15 30 dB
16 32 dB
MSRPWROFFSETP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0to 16
Unit: dB
Default: -
Command: RLMRI, RLMRC, RLMRE, RLMRP
O&M: -
145320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Positive MS power offset. MSRPWROFFSETPisa cell parameter which applies an offset to the MSpower used on the originating channel when theinitial power, to be used on the target channel,is calculated when Reduced Power Level AfterHandover is activated. The parameter is appliedfor intra-cell handovers as well as for inter-cellhandovers in to the cell. This parameter is notprinted together with MSRPWROFFSETN.
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 dB
8 16 dB
9 18 dB
10 20 dB
11 22 dB
12 24 dB
13 26 dB
14 28 dB
15 30 dB
16 32 dB
3.9.3 Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
SSDESUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 92
146 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for the desiredsignal strength uplink as measured bythe BTS in different parts of the powercontrol interval.
SSDESUL takes a positive value thatrepresents the corresponding negativevalue in calculations.
For AMR FR connections,SSDESULAFR is used.
SSDESULAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 92
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for AMR FRconnections for the desired signalstrength uplink as measured by theBTS in different parts of the powercontrol interval.
SSDESULAFR takes a positive valuethat represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
LCOMPUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 6
Command: RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M: -
Comments: Path loss compensator factor, uplink.When set to zero, no power controltowards SSDESUL is performed.
147320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
QDESUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality, uplink.
For AMR FR connections,QDESULAFR is used.
QDESULAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 40
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality, uplink for AMR FRconnections.
QCOMPUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 75
Command: RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M: -
Comments: Quality deviation compensation factor,uplink. When set to zero, no qualitycompensation is performed.
SSDESULAHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
148 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 92
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for AMR HRconnections for the desired signalstrength uplink as measured by theBTS in different parts of the powercontrol interval. SSDESULAHRtakes a positive value that representsthe corresponding negative value incalculations.
QDESULAHR
Type: Numeral
Range: o to 76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality uplink for AMR HRconnections.
SSDESULAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 47–110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 92
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the target value for AMR-WBconnections for the desired signalstrength uplink as measured by theBTS in different parts of the powercontrol interval.
QDESULAWB
149320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comment: Desired quality, uplink for AMR-WBconnections.
3.10 GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control
GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control controls the output power of an MSin GPRS/EGPRS during a connection. The controlling strategy is that desiredsignal strength shall be received in the BTS.
3.10.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
ALPHA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 10
Unit: 0.1
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: ALPHA is sent from the BSC to theMS and decides the level of reductionof the MS output power in relation tothe path loss. The values are givenas a multiple of 10, that is the value 5means the reduction level of 0.5.
3.10.2 Cell Data
GAMMA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 62, even values
Unit: dB
150 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: GAMMA is sent from the BSC tothe MS to give a target value for thereceived signal strength at the BTS.
3.11 Dynamic BTS Power Control
The BTS power level can be dynamically controlled during a connection. Thepower control strategy is towards a desired signal strength value received inthe MS.
The BSC calculates the new BTS power level by using the data measured bythe MS, that is the signal strength and the quality on the downlink TCH carriersand the parameters described below. A compensation is performed in the caseof frequency hopping, which takes into consideration that bursts received andmeasured by the MS may have been transmitted at different power levels. Thepower level on channels at the BCCH frequency is not controlled.
The BTS can change its power level in steps of 2 dB, while the maximumconfigurable change is 30 dB.
3.11.1 BSC Data
REGINTDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 10
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 1
Command: RLBAC, RLBAP
O&M: -
Comments: Regulation interval, downlink.
Defines the minimum interval betweenpower order commands.
SSLENDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 3 to 15
151320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 3
Command: RLBAC, RLBAP
O&M: -
Comments: Length of downlink signal strengthfilter.
QLENDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 3
Command: RLBAC, RLMAC
O&M: -
Comments: Length of the downlink quality filter.
3.11.2 Cell Data
DBPSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLBCI, RLBCE, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Dynamic BTS power control state.
The command RLBCI initiates BTSdynamic power control in a cell. Thecommand is valid for both underlaidand overlaid subcells.
AMRPCSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit: -
152 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLAPI, RLAPE, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) powercontrol state.
The feature Dynamic MS PowerControl must be activated in the cellfor the uplink AMR power control towork in the cell. The feature DynamicBTS Power Control must be activatedin the cell for the downlink AMR powercontrol to work in the cell.
BSRPWROFFSETN
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 16
Unit: dB
Default: -
Command: RLBRI, RLBRC, RLBRE, RLBRP
O&M: -
Comments: Negative BTS power offset. BSRPWROFFSETNis a cell parameter which applies an offset tothe BTS down regulation used on the originatingchannel when the initial power, to be used on thetarget channel, is calculated when Reduced PowerLevel After Handover is activated. The parameteris applied for intra-cell handovers as well as forinter-cell handovers in to the cell. This parameter isnot printed together with BSRPWROFFSETP.
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 dB
8 16 dB
9 18 dB
10 20 dB
153320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
11 22 dB
12 24 dB
13 26 dB
14 28 dB
15 30 dB
16 32 dB
BSRPWROFFSETP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 16
Unit: dB
Default: -
Command: RLBRI, RLBRC, RLBRE, RLBRP
O&M: -
Comments: Positive BTS power offset. BSRPWROFFSETPis a cell parameter which applies an offset tothe BTS down regulation used on the originatingchannel when the initial power, to be used on thetarget channel, is calculated when Reduced PowerLevel After Handover is activated. The parameteris applied for intra-cell handovers as well as forinter-cell handovers in to the cell. This parameter isnot printed together with BSRPWROFFSETN.
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 dB
8 16 dB
9 18 dB
10 20 dB
11 22 dB
12 24 dB
154 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
13 26 dB
14 28 dB
15 30 dB
16 32 dB
DLPCG
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter activates and deactivates PSDownlink Power Control for GPRS in a cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
DLPCE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter activates and deactivates PSDownlink Power Control for EGPRS in a cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
DLPCE2A
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M: -
155320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: The parameter activates and deactivates PSDownlink Power Control for EGPRS2-A in a cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
INITDLPCG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-10 (in steps of 2 dB)
Unit: dB (negative)
Default: 0
Command: RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter sets the initial power reduction levelused for PS Downlink Power Control for GPRS ina cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
INITDLPCE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-10 (in steps of 2 dB)
Unit: dB (negative)
Default: 0
Command: RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter sets the initial power reduction levelused for PS Downlink Power Control for EGPRSin a cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
INITDLPCE2A
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-10 (in steps of 2 dB)
Unit: dB (negative)
Default: 0
Command: RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M: -
156 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comment: The parameter sets the initial power reduction levelused for PS Downlink Power Control for EGPRS2-Ain a cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
3.11.3 Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
SSDESDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 90
Command: RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for the desiredsignal strength downlink as measuredby the MS in different parts of thepower control interval.
SSDESDL takes a positive value thatrepresents the corresponding negativevalue in the calculations.
For AMR FR connections,SSDESDLAFR is used.
SSDESDLAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 90
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
157320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for AMR FRconnections for the desired signalstrength downlink as measured bythe MS in different parts of the powercontrol interval.
SSDESDLAFR takes a positive valuethat represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
LCOMPDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 5
Command: RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Path loss compensator factor,downlink. When set to zero there is nopower control towards SSDESDL.
QDESDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality, downlink.
For AMR FR connectionsQDESDLAFR is used.
QDESDLAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 76
Unit: dtqu
158 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 40
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality, downlink for AMR FRconnections.
QCOMPDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 55
Command: RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Quality deviation compensation factor,downlink. When set to zero, no qualitycompensation is performed.
BSPWRMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: -20 to +50
Unit: dBm
Default: -20
Command: RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum allowed output power for theBTS at the locating reference point, onthe non-BCCH frequencies.
Normally, the down control of the BTSoutput power will continue accordingto the calculated power order oruntil the hardware limit of the BTShas been reached. If one desiresto stop the down control at a higherlevel, BSPWRMIN can be used. IfBSPWRMIN is set to a higher valuethan the hardware limit the powercontrol will stop at BSPWRMIN.
SSDESDLAHR
159320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 90
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the target value for AMR HRconnections for the desired signalstrength downlink as measured bythe MS in different parts of the powercontrol interval. SSDESDLAHRtakes a positive value that representsthe corresponding negative value incalculations.
QDESDLAHR
Type: Numeral
Range: o to 76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comments: Desired quality downlink for AMR HRconnections.
QDESDLAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–76
Unit: dtqu
Default: 30
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comment: Desired quality, downlink for AMR-WBconnections.
SSDESDLAWB
160 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 47-110
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 90
Command: RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the target value for AMR-WBconnections for the desired signalstrength downlink as measured bythe MS in different parts of the powercontrol interval.
3.12 Discontinuous Transmission
3.12.1 Cell Data
DTXD
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLCXC, RLCXP
O&M: -
Comments: Discontinuous Transmission Downlink. Withdownlink DTX ON the transmitter in the BTS isswitched off during pauses in speech or datatransmission.
ON DTX downlink enabled inthe BSC for the cell.
161320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
OFF DTX downlink disabledin the BSC for the cell.
The DTXD parameter is defined on a per cell basisand the function affects all TCHs allocated on thenon BCCH carrier in the cell, for both speech andnon-transparent data transmission.
When a call is in TFO mode or the call is made ina BSC with A-interface over IP without transcodersin the BSC/TRC, the transmitter in the BTS will beswitched off during pauses in speech also whenDTXD is set to OFF.
DTXU
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M: -
Comments: Uplink DTX indicator.
0 The MSs may useuplink discontinuoustransmission.
1 The MSs shall useuplink discontinuoustransmission.
2 The MSs must not useuplink discontinuoustransmission.
Uplink discontinuous transmission means thatthe MS does not transmit continuously, but onlywhen necessary, thus being able to save batteries(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.3).
3.13 Frequency Hopping
3.13.1 Channel Group Data
HOP
162 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLCHC, RLCFP
O&M: When changing the parameter from OFF to ONall ongoing calls in the channel group might bedropped.
Comments: Frequency hopping status.
ON The hopping status forthe channel group ishopping for TCH andSDCCH.
OFF The hopping status forthe channel group is non-hopping.
SDCCHs as well as TCHs can hop. A BCCH will nothop even if it belongs to a channel group definedas hopping.
HSN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M: Changing of this parameter might cause all ongoingcalls in the channel group to be dropped.
Comments: Hopping sequence number.
The hopping BPC is transmitted on a set offrequencies included in a Hopping Frequency Set(HFS). The order of the frequencies to transmit on isdefined by the hopping sequence number HSN, asdescribed in Reference [9].
HSN = 0 cyclic hopping sequence.
HSN = 1 to 63 random sequences.
BCCD
163320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLCHC , RLCHP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if the channel group frequencies are allowed (YES)or not (NO) for Immediate Assignment.
It might not be possible to set BCCD=YES for all channelgroups in the cell. This is due to restrictions on themaximum number of hopping frequencies allowed forImmediate Assignment and their maximum ranges fordifferent frequency bands (1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
Frequency band(s)in the cell
Number ofhopping freqsfor ImmAss
Max range
800 1-22 any
800 23-64 112
900,P 1-64 any
900,P&G1 1-22 any
900,P&G1 23-64 112
1x00 1-18 any
1x00 19-22 256
1x00 23-64 112
800 & 900,P 1-22 any
800 & 900,P 23-64 112
800 & 900,P&G1 1-18 any
800 & 900,P&G1 19-22 256
800 & 900,P&G1 23-64 112
800 & 1x00 1-16 any
800 & 1x00 17-18 512
900,P & 1x00 1-16 any
900,P & 1x00 17-18 512
900,P & 1x00 19-22 256
900,P & G1 & 1x00 1-16 any
900,P & G1 & 1x00 17-18 512
164 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
900,P & G1 & 1x00 19-22 256
900,P & G1 & 1x00 23-64 112(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN1003, 1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
MAIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31 or DEFAULT
Unit: -
Default: DEFAULT
Command: RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M: Changing of this parameter mightcause all ongoing calls in the channelgroup to be dropped.
Comments: Mobile Allocation Index Offset.
MAIO is a parameter that will allowthe operator to specify a list of up to32 MAIO values, in the order in whichthey are to be allocated to a channelgroup. This parameter can also beset to DEFAULT, which removes themanual MAIO list in favour for thedefault MAIO list.
165320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
The number of MAIO values in the liststretches from 0 up to one less thanthe number of frequencies in the HFS.For example If there are 9 frequenciesin the HFS, the MAIO list will containthe values 0-8.
The order of the MAIO values in thedefault list is arranged in a "first eventhen odd MAIO values" manner. Thismeans that the beginning of the listwill consist of all even MAIO valuesin ascending order. After these evenvalues all the odd values are arrangedin ascending order, for example for ahopping group with 9 frequencies thedefault list will be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 1, 3, 5and 7.
The actual MAIO values to be usedfor a channel group depend on thenumber of TRXs in the channel group.If for example three TRXs are usedfor a CHGR, only the first three MAIOvalues in the MAIO list will be used.With 9 frequencies in the hoppinggroup and three TRX, the used defaultMAIO values would be 0, 2 and 4.The remaining values will not be usedunless additional TRXs are added.
3.13.2 Hardware Characteristic Data
FHOP
Type: Identifier
Range: BB, SY
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe TG is out of service.
Comments: Frequency Hopping.
The frequency hopping to be performed in the TG.
BB Baseband hopping.
166 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
SY Synthesiser hopping.
Frequency hopping can be achieved by twomethods, baseband or synthesiser hopping. Theparameter FHOP indicates the frequency hoppingmode in the TG. When the TG is connected to afilter combiner only baseband hopping can be used.
When baseband hopping is performed each TX istransmitting on a fixed frequency, that is frequencyhopping for a basic physical channel (BPC) isobtained by switching TXs between each TDMAframe.
For synthesiser hopping the TX switches frequenciesfor every TDMA frame sent. In other words, eachBPC is carried by one single TX, except when aBCCH burst is transmitted. The BCCH burst is inthat case carried by the TX that transmits the BCCHfrequency.
COMB
Type: Identifier
Range: FLT, HYB
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe TG is out of service.
Comments: Combiner type used in the TG.
FLT Filter combiner.
HYB Hybrid combiner.
In case of a filter combiner, only baseband hoppingcan be provided, while hybrid combiners supportboth baseband and synthesiser hopping.
CONFMD
Type: Identifier
Range: NODEL, CMD, FASTREC, MINDIST
Unit: -
Default: NODEL
Command: RXMSC, RXMOC, RXMOP
167320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe TG is out of service.
Comments: Configuration method.
Indicates the method to configure BTS equipment.All configurations are done per channel group.Within a channel group, each hopping group isconfigured one by one. A hopping group is agroup of BPCs in the same cell, using the sametimeslot number in the TDMA frame but on differenttransceiver, configured so that they are all hoppingusing the same set of frequencies.
NODEL Indicates that no BPCcan be deleted as aresult of a commandordered hoppingfrequency set (HFS)extension. A commandordered HFS Extensionis not permitted forthe TG. No HFSExtension is performedwhen previouslyfaulty BTS equipmentrecovers. Consequently,recovered BTSequipment may notbe fully utilised.
CMD Indicates that acommand orderedHFS Extension canbe performed forthe TG. No HFSextension is performedwhen previouslyfaulty BTS equipmentrecovers. Consequently,recovered BTSequipment may notbe fully utilised. If a HFSExtension is orderedby command then allavailable BTS equipment(where required) is fullyutilised.
168 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
MINDIST Indicates thatdisturbance of ongoingtraffic is minimized.HFS Extension isperformed automaticallyand immediately whenrequired.
FASTREC Indicates that maximumtraffic capacity isrecovered as fastas possible. HFSExtension is performedautomatically andimmediately whenrequired.
3.14 Intra Cell Handover
3.14.1 Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
IHO
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Intra cell handover switch.
ON Intra cell handover isallowed.
OFF Intra cell handover is notallowed.
Intra cell handover is a channel change betweentwo channels within the same subcell and if certainconditions are fulfilled a subcell change within a cell.
TMAXIHO
169320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 60
Unit: Seconds
Default: 6
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Timer for handover counter.
The handover counter is 0 initially.When an intra-cell handover occurs,the counter is incremented by 1 anda timer is started. If another intra cellhandover occurs before the timer hasexpired, the counter is incrementedagain by 1 and the timer is restarted.If the timer expires, the counter is setto 1. The process continues until thecounter reaches its maximum valuespecified by MAXIHO. In that case thecounter is set to 0 and further intra-cellhandover attempts are inhibited duringa time interval determined by TIHO.This timer will not start before TINIThas elapsed.
TMAXIHO defines the time interval forthe above-mentioned timer.
TIHO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 60
Unit: Seconds
Default: 10
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Intra cell handover inhibition timer.
MAXIHO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
170 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 3
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum number of consecutiveintra-cell handovers.
QOFFSETUL
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for quality uplink.
In the locating procedure for intra-cellhandover, an algorithm is used tocalculate the allowed quality formeasured signal strength. Eachmeasured signal strength value pluscorresponding signal strength offsetcorresponds to a calculated allowedquality level. If the measured qualitylevel, RXQUAL, is worse than thecalculated allowed quality level forthe measured signal strength plusa corresponding quality offset, anintra cell handover is requested. Thealgorithm is applied to both uplink anddownlink signal strength and qualitymeasurements.
For AMR FR connections,QOFFSETULAFR is used.
QOFFSETULAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 0
171320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for quality uplink for AMR FRconnections.
QOFFSETDL
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for quality downlink.
For AMR FR connections,QOFFSETDLAFR is used.
QOFFSETDLAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: Deci transformed GSM quality units(dtqu)
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for quality downlink for AMR FRconnections.
SSOFFSETUL
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
172 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for signal strength uplink.
For AMR FR connections,SSOFFSETULAFR is used.
SSOFFSETULAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for signal strength uplink forAMR FR connections.
SSOFFSETDL
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for signal strength downlink.
For AMR FR connections,SSOFFSETDLAFR is used.
SSOFFSETDLAFR
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comments: Offset for signal strength downlink forAMR FR connections.
173320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
QOFFSETDLAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: dtqu
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comment: Offset for quality downlink for AMR-WBconnections
QOFFSETULAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: -50 to +50
Unit: dtqu
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comment: Offset for quality uplink for AMR-WBconnections.
SSOFFSETDLAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comment: Offset for signal strength downlink forAMR-WB connections.
SSOFFSETULAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: -30 to +30
Unit: dB
174 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 0
Command: RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M: -
Comment: Offset for signal strength uplink forAMR-WB connections.
3.15 Assignment to Other Cell
3.15.1 BSC Data
ASSOC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Switch which defines if assignment to cells otherthan serving cell is allowed, that is instead ofallocating a TCH within the serving cell a TCH isallocated in another cell during assignment.
ON Allowed.
OFF Not allowed.
IBHOASS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Switch, which defines if, inter BSC handover isallowed during assignment.
ON Allowed.
OFF Not Allowed.
175320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.15.2 Cell Data
AW
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Assignment to worse cell switch. Identifies ifassignment to worse cell is allowed from that cell.
Assignment is a phase during call set up. Whenthe call is established on an SDCCH and isthrough connected in the MSC, the MSC sends anassignment request to the BSC to order channelallocation.
Assignment to worse cell is a feature, which allowsallocation of a TCH in a cell ranked worse in thelocating procedure than the serving cell.
ON Assignment to worse cellis allowed.
OFF Assignment to worse cellis not allowed.
3.15.3 Neighbor Cell Data
CAND
Type: Identifier
Range: AWN, NHN, BOTH
Unit: -
Default: BOTH
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Candidate type.
Indicates in which cases the related cell shall betreated as a possible handover candidate.
176 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
AWN Neighbor at assignmentto worse cell.
NHN Neighbor at normalhandover and atassignment to bettercell.
BOTH Both of the above.
AWOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength region whereassignment to worse cell is allowed.
AWOFFSET and BQOFFSET areused to define the regions along thecell border where assignment to worsecell and bad quality urgency handoverare allowed.
3.16 Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells / Subcell Load Distribution/ Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse
The serving area of an overlaid subcell is defined by four parameters. Thereare three ways of restricting the size of an overlaid subcell; by restricting thepathloss, distance to cell border and by limiting the cell radius.
Note: Separate parameters to restrict the serving area of the CHGR 0 exist.See Section 3.16.4 on page 182.
By the use of subcell load distribution, the system will simultaneously evaluatethe traffic load in both the underlaid and the overlaid subcells and distributetraffic between the subcells.
Note: Subcell Load Distribution evaluations are not performed at all forchannels in multislot configurations.
3.16.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
DTCBSC
177320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if the DTCB criterion is takeninto consideration during subcellchanges (1) or not (0).
3.16.2 SCLD Data
SCLD
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLLC, RLLLP
O&M: -
Comments: Subcell Load Distribution status.
ON Cell active for SubcellLoad Distribution.
OFF Cell not active for SubcellLoad Distribution.
SCLDLUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 99
Unit: %
Default: 20
Command: RLLLC, RLLLP
178 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Subcell Load Distribution Lower LimitUnderlaid subcell.
Percentage level of idle full ratecapable TCHs in the underlaid subcell,at or below which Subcell LoadDistribution from underlaid to overlaidsubcell will be attempted. No attemptto distribute traffic connections will bemade if the percentage of idle TCHs inthe overlaid subcell already is or wouldbecome equal to or less than the limitdefined by SCLDLOL.
SCLDLOL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 99
Unit: %
Default: 20
Command: RLLLC, RLLLP
O&M: -
Comments: Subcell Load Distribution Lower LimitOverlaid subcell.
Percentage level of idle full ratecapable TCHs in the overlaid subcell,at or below which Subcell LoadDistribution from overlaid to underlaidsubcell will be attempted. No attemptto distribute traffic connections will bemade if the percentage of idle TCHsin the underlaid subcell already is orwould become equal to or less thanthe limit defined by SCLDLUL.
SCLDSC
Type: Identifier
Range: UL, OL
Unit: -
Default: UL
Command: RLLLC, RLLLP
179320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Subcell Load Distribution Subcellpriority. Specifies which subcell that ispreferred at channel allocation.
UL: Underlaid subcell is preferred.
OL: Overlaid subcell is preferred.
3.16.3 Overlaid Subcell Data
LOL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200
Unit: dB
Default: -
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Pathloss threshold. It defines the OLsubcell coverage border in terms ofthe pathloss from the serving cell.
LOLHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for the pathloss criterionduring evaluations for the OL subcellcoverage.
DTCB
Type: Numeral
Range: -63 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: -63
180 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Distance to cell border threshold.It defines the OL subcell coverageborder in terms of the signal strengthdifference between the active channeland the strongest neighbouringBCCHs.
DTCBHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 2
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for the DTCB criterionduring evaluations for the OL subcellcoverage.
NDIST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 10
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Distance to cell border additionalthreshold. When added to DTCB,it defines the OL subcell coverageborder in terms of the signal strengthdifference between the activechannel and the strongest NNCELLSneighbouring BCCHs.
If NNCELLS is seto to 1, NDIST isobsolete.
NNCELLS
181320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 5
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Number of strongest neighbouringBCCHs for the DTCB criterion. Seethe comments for NDIST, see Page181.
TAOL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 61
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: -
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Timing advance threshold. It definesthe OL subcell timing advance border.
TAOLHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 61
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: 0
Command: RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for the timing advancecriterion during evaluations for the OLsubcell coverage.
3.16.4 Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse Cell Data
Note: Separate parameters to restrict the serving area of the CHGR 0 interms of cell radius (TA) and additional DTCB criterion using NNCELLSand NDIST are not available.
182 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
BCCHREUSE
Type: Identifier
Range: TIGHT, NORMAL
Unit: -
Default: NORMAL
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: BCCH frequency Reuse. Specifiesif the BCCH frequency reuse isconsidered tight so that pathloss andDTCB criteria should be specificallyevaluated for channel group 0.
TIGHT: Pathloss and DTCB arespecifically evaluated for channelgroup 0. BCCHLOSS and BCCHDTCBare used for channel group 0.
NORMAL: Pathloss and DTCB arenot specifically evaluated for channelgroup 0. LOL and DTCB are used forall channel groups.
BCCHLOSS
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–200
Unit: dB
Default: 200
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Pathloss threshold for the BCCHchannel group. It defines the CHGR0 service coverage border in terms ofthe pathloss from the serving cell.
BCCHLOSSHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
183320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for the pathloss criterionduring evaluations for the CHGR 0service coverage.
BCCHDTCB
Type: Numeral
Range: �63–63
Unit: dB
Default: �63
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Distance to cell border thresholdfor the BCCH channel group. Itdefines the CHGR 0 service coverageborder in terms of the signal strengthdifference between the active channeland the strongest neighbouring cells'BCCHs.
BCCHDTCBHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: dB
Default: 2
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for the DTCB criterionduring evaluations for the CHGR 0service coverage.
3.17 Hierarchical Cell Structures
Note: In a bad quality urgency situation or at assignment if assignment toworse cell is permitted, HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) ranking isomitted.
184 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3.17.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
HCSCHAVAILTIMER
Type: Numeral
Range: 200–500
Unit: ms
Default: 500
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Time interval for checking the levelof idle TCHs for cells active for HCSTraffic Distribution. The time intervalvalues shall be given in multiples of100 milliseconds.
HCSTRAFDISSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Used to activate (1) or deactivate (0)the HCS traffic distribution for all cellsin a BSC, and thus it will start/stopthe monitoring of the cells’ channelavailabilities (for HCS).
MAXCELLSINLAYER
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–31
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
185320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the number of cells of thesame layer that can be prioritized byHCS.
MAXDBDEVINLAYER
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: dB
Default: 3
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the maximum value in dB thata cell in a layer can deviate from thestrongest cell in the same layer andstill be prioritized by HCS.
3.17.2 BSC data
HCSBANDHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 2
Command: RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M: -
Comments: HCS band hysteresis.
The signal strength hysteresis for theHCSBAND threshold.
THO
Type: Numeral
Range: 10 to 100
Unit: Seconds
Default: 30
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
186 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Time interval for measuring thenumber of handovers allowed (NHO)before an MS is considered as a fastmoving mobile.
This will only be performed if thefeature Handling of fast-movingmobiles is activated in the cell(FASTMSREG).
NHO
Type: Numeral
Range: 2 to 10
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M: -
Comments: Number of handovers during THOthat are allowed before an MS isconsidered as a fast moving mobile. Ifthe number exceeds or equals NHO,the MS attempts to go to the strongesthigher layer cell at the next handover.
This will only be performed if thefeature Handling of fast-movingmobiles is activated in the cell(FASTMSREG).
HCSBAND
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 8
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M: -
Comments: Hierarchical Cell Structure band.
HCSBAND defines the priority for alayer or group of layers. HCS band 1has the highest priority.
187320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HCSBANDTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 95
Command: RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M: -
Comments: HCSBANDTHR is the signal strengththreshold for the HCS band criterion.
HCSBANDTHR takes a positive value,which represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
3.17.3 Cell Data
For information about PLAYER and PHCSTHR see Section 3.6.2 on page 110
LAYER
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 8
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell layer, that is the priority of the cell.
Each cell belongs to a layer. A layeris connected to a HCSBAND with thecommand RLHBC. Layer 1 has thehighest priority. It is recommended thatthe layers are defined in increasingorder connected to the size of the areathe cells cover.
188 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Numeral 1 ~ 3 (HCS with 3 layers andno HCS band)
Numeral 1 ~ 8 (HCS with 8 layers and8 HCS bands)
The HCS feature with 3 layers allowsbuilding a network in a two- orthree-layered structure. The higherlayers can for example be used forlarge cells and the lower for small cells.Cells in layer 1 have higher prioritythan cells in layer 2, which in turn havehigher priority than cells in layer 3.
With eight layers it is possible toassign unique layers to indoor cells,microcells, macrocells and possiblyumbrella cells of each system type.The first issue here is to define theHCSBAND and prioritise them in anefficient way with respect to capacity.The low loaded system type shouldhave priority over the higher loadedsystem type. Dedicated sub bandsfor indoor or microcells should havepriority over larger cells within theown system type. Each HCS bandmay be further divided into indoor cellprioritised over microcells prioritisedover macrocells.
LAYERTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 150
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 75
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: The signal strength threshold is usedfor ranking of cells in different layerswithin each HCSBAND.
LAYERTHR takes a positive value,which represents the correspondingnegative value in calculations.
189320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
LAYERHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 2
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: Layer hysteresis. The signal strengthhysteresis is used for rankingcells in different layers within eachHCSBAND.
PSSTEMP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: Signal strength penalty temporaryoffset.
When a fast moving MS connectedto a higher layer (lower priority) cellpasses through a lower layer (higherpriority) cell's coverage area, it mightbe undesirable that the MS performsa handover to the lower layer cell.Therefore a penalty, PSSTEMP, canbe temporarily assigned to the lowerlayer cell while a timer is running. Thetimer starts when the lower layer cellis first reported as a neighbor and runsfor a period specified by PTIMTEMP.
PTIMTEMP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 600
Unit: Seconds
190 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 0
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: Penalty duration.
PTIMTEMP specifies the durationduring which PSSTEMP is valid.
FASTMSREG
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: Handling of fast-moving mobiles switch.
ON Handling of fast-movingmobiles switched on.
OFF Handling of fast-movingmobiles switched off.
HCSIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: HCS traffic distribution level thresholdto allow HCS handover into a cell.HCS handover into an internalneighbour cell is allowed when thechannel availability of the neighbourcell is above or equal to its HCSINthreshold. When the default value forHCSIN is used it is always allowed toperform HCS handover into the cell.This parameter is only valid for internalneighbour cells.
191320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HCSOUT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: -
Default: 100
Command: RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M: -
Comments: HCS traffic distribution level thresholdto allow HCS handover out from a cell.HCS handover out from the servingcell is allowed when the channelavailability of the serving cell is belowor equal to its HCSOUT threshold.When the default value for HCSOUTis used it is always allowed to performHCS handover out from the cell.
3.18 Extended Range
3.18.1 Cell Data
XRANGE
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed in cellstate HALTED.
Comments: Extended range cell.
If the cell is an extended range cell, traffic at adistance of greater than 35 km between the MS andthe BTS can be supported
YES The cell is an extendedrange cell.
NO The cell is a normal cell.
192 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
The purpose of the function Extended Range is toprovide Ericsson's GSM system with a possibilityto carry traffic at a larger distance from the basestation than the normal GSM range of 35 km. Insparsely populated areas such as deserts, coastalareas, maritime environments and so on, large cellscould be valuable.
In order to configure cells with both normal andextended range channels, a subcell structure shallbe used. The normal range channels will then beplaced in the overlaid cell, while the extended rangechannels will be in the underlaid cell.(1)
(1) This parameter can only be set for internal cells.
MAXTA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63 (normal cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: 63
Command: RLLDC, RLLDP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum timing advance before an MS isconsidered lost.
If the measured timing advance value for an accessburst is equal to or greater than MAXTA, then theconnection set-up signalling is terminated by thesystem.
If the measured and averaged timing advance valuefor an ongoing call is equal or greater than MAXTA,the call is released.
The useful range of MAXTA is
0 to 219 Extended range cellswith RBS2000.
0 to 63 Normal range cells.(1)
(1) MAXTA should always be greater than the parameter TALIM (see Page 193). MAXTA is ahard limit compared to TALIM, which is a soft limit.
TALIM
193320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63 (normal range cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit: Bit periods (bp)
Default: 62
Command: RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M: -
Comments: Timing advance limit for handover. Urgencydetection parameter.
TALIM determines the maximum timing advancethat the MS is recommended to use in the cell.
If the measured and averaged timing advance valueis equal to or greater than TALIM, the cell must beabandoned urgently if there exists a neighbouringcell that can take over the connection. If no suchcell exists no action is taken.
The useful range of TALIM is
0 to 219 Extended range cellswith RBS2000.
0 to 63 Normal range cells.
3.19 Double BA Lists
3.19.1 Cell Data
MBCCHNO
Type: Numeral
Range: 128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800). 512 to 810 (GSM 1900).
Unit: ARFCN
Default: -
Command: RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M: -
194 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Absolute RF channel number for measurement onBCCH.
The number is the absolute RF channel number forthe BCCH for cells to be measured on by a mobilestation in the cell.
MBCCHNO is the BCCH allocation, that is it indicatesto the MS the frequencies that must be monitoredand measured in idle, active or both modes. Thisnumber is sent to MSs in the system informationmessages, on the BCCH channel in idle mode, andon the SACCH in active mode.
Up to 32 BCCH carriers can be defined by specifyingtheir ARFCN.
The measurement reports from the MS are sentto the BSC on the SACCH, indicating the signalstrength and quality of the serving link and the signalstrength, frequency, and BSIC from the six BTSs withstrongest signal strength. Only measurements fromneighbouring cells that fulfil the requirement that theirBCCH has a frequency as indicated by MBCCHNOand an NCC as indicated by NCCPERM are valid.To be allowed to perform a handover to any of themeasured cells it is also necessary that the measuredcell is defined as a neighbor to the serving cell. Up to64 different cells can be defined as neighbours.
LISTTYPE
Type: Identifier
Range: IDLE, ACTIVE, Omitted
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter identifies which type oflist the chosen frequencies will be on.When the MS is in idle or active mode,it will measure on the frequencies onthe corresponding list.
If LISTTYPE is not specified, both listsare affected.
MRNIC
195320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: MRNIC, Omitted
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M: -
Comments: Measurement Results Not InterpretedCorrectly.
If the string MRNIC is added in thecommand RLMFC, the updating ofthe measurement frequencies areperformed immediately. In this casethe measurement results are notinterpreted correctly for a period oftime.
3.20 Idle Channel Measurements
3.20.1 Cell Data
This function is designed to measure the uplink interference levels on idlechannels in order to obtain statistical data, as well as an ideal ranking ofthe channels according to their interference levels. In this way, the logicalchannel with least interference is allocated during the immediate assignmentand assignment procedures. The function is initiated on a per cell basis usingthe command RLIMI.
ICMSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, PASSIVE, NOALLOC
Unit: -
Default: PASSIVE
Command: RLIMI, RLIMP , RLIME.
O&M: -
Comments: Idle Channel Measurement State.
ACTIVE The measurementsmade are used forstatistical purposes andat channel allocation.
196 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
PASSIVE No idle channelmeasurements aremade.
NOALLOC The measurementsare used for statisticalpurposes only.
NOALLOC
Type: Identifier
Range: NOALLOC, Omitted
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLIMI, RLIMP.
O&M: -
Comments: When this string is added tothe command RLIMI, then idlechannel measurements will not beused at channel allocation. Themeasurements are in this case usedmerely for statistical purposes.
INTAVE
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 31
Unit: SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default: 6
Command: RLIMC, RLIMP.
O&M: -
Comments: The number of measurements thatshould be used in the calculation ofthe interference band for a channel.
LIMITn
197320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: LIMIT1: 0 to 59
LIMIT2: 1 to 60
LIMIT3: 2 to 61
LIMIT4: 3 to 62
Unit: -
Default: LIMIT1: 2
LIMIT2: 6
LIMIT3: 12
LIMIT4: 22
Command:
RLIMC, RLIMP.
O&M: -
Comments:
This parameter defines threshold limits for five differentinterference bands. The limits must be defined in ascending orderaccording to the following:
LIMIT1 < LIMIT2 < LIMIT3 < LIMIT4.
LIMIT1 Interference measurementsin band 1 which have valuesranging from LIMIT1 and below.
LIMIT2 Interference measurementsin band 2, which have valuesranging from LIMIT1 up to andincluding LIMIT2.
LIMIT3 Interference measurementsin band 3, which have valuesranging from LIMIT2 up to andincluding LIMIT3.
LIMIT4 Interference measurementsin band 4, which have valuesranging from LIMIT3 up to andincluding LIMIT4.
The values assigned to each threshold correspond to dBm valuesinternally.
0 < –110 dBm
1 –110 dBm to –109 dBm
2 –109 dBm to –108 dBm
...
198 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
61 –50 dBm to –49 dBm
62 –49 dBm to –48 dBm
3.21 Cell Load Sharing
Note: Cell load sharing evaluations are not performed at all for channels inmultislot configurations.
3.21.1 BSC Data
LSSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLLSI, RLLSE, RLLSP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell load sharing active/inactive in theBSC.
3.21.2 BSC Exchange Property Data
CLSTIMEINTERVAL
Type: Numeral
Range: 100 to 1000
Unit: ms
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Time interval for checking the level ofidle TCHs for cells active for Cell loadsharing.
The time interval values shall be givenin multiples of 100 milliseconds.
199320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.21.3 Cell Data
CLSSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLLCI, RLLCE, RLLCP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell load sharing active/inactive foran individual cell. For CLSSTATEactivation to have effect, LSSTATEmust be activated.
CLSACC
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 40
Command: RLLCC. , RLLCP
O&M: -
Comments: Percentage of available full ratecapable traffic channels, in a targetcell, at or below which no handoversdue to Cell Load Sharing will beaccepted.
CLSLEVEL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 99
Unit: %
Default: 20
Command: RLLCC, RLLCP
200 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Percentage of available full ratecapable traffic channels at whichor below which Cell load sharingevaluations are initiated. The valueof CLSLEVEL must be less than thevalue of CLSACC.
CLSRAMP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 30
Unit: s
Default: 5
Command: RLLCC , RLLCP
O&M: -
Comments: Cell load sharing ramping timeparameter. The interval during whichthe value of RHYST is ramped up fromzero to the final value.
HOCLSACC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLLCC , RLLCP
O&M: -
Comments: Handover due to Cell load sharingaccepted to this cell.
RHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 75
Command: RLLCC , RLLCP
201320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis reduction parameter.Determines how much the hysteresisvalues can be reduced in the Cell loadsharing evaluation.
3.22 Multiband Operation
3.22.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
CLMRKMSG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Classmark message handling.
This parameter indicates how the ClassmarkChange message shall be handled if received asfirst RR message from the MS.
0 The message 48.008Classmark Update isalways sent to the MSC,neither suppressed nordelayed.
1 The message 48.008Classmark Update isnever sent to the MSC.
202 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
2 The sending of 48.008Classmark Update tothe MSC is delayeduntil an Inter BSChandover. 48.008Classmark Update willbe sent before the GSMmessage HandoverRequired.
3 The sending of the48.008 ClassmarkUpdate to the MSCis delayed until a callset-up is performed. Themessage is also sentin case of an inter BSChandover at locationupdating.
3.22.2 BSC Data
MODE
Type: Identifier
Range: MULTI, SINGLE
Unit: -
Default: SINGLE
Command: RLOMC , RLOMP
O&M: -
Comments: The BSC band operation mode identifier.
MULTI The BSC multibandoperation mode isenabled.
SINGLE The BSC multibandoperation mode isdisabled.
GSYSTYPE
Type: Identifier
Range: GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800,GSM1900, MIXED
Unit: -
203320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: -
Command: RLTYC, RLTYI, RLTYP
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies the system type for the BSC.Defining the parameter CSYSTYPE ismandatory if the global system type isMIXED.
3.22.3 Cell Data
CSYSTYPE
Type: Identifier
Range: GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800,GSM1900
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEI, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: In single band cells CSYSTYPEspecifies the system type for the cell.In multi band cells it specifies thefrequency band used for the BCCH.
The parameter CSYSTYPE ismandatory if the global system typeis MIXED. If the global system typeis other that MIXED, CSYSTYPE isoptional and will be accepted only if theparameter value is set to the same asthe global system type. If CSYSTYPEis omitted, it will automatically be setto the value of the global system type.
MBCR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSSC , RLSSP
O&M: -
204 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Multi Band (number of) Cells Reported. Defines thenumber of neighbouring cells from each supportedfrequency band that shall be included in themeasurement report.
0 Normal reporting of thesix strongest cells, withknown and allowed NCCpart of BSIC, irrespectiveof the frequency bandused in the cells.
1 The multiband MSreports the strongestcell, with known andallowed NCC part ofBSIC, in each of thefrequency bands inthe BA list, excludingthe frequency band ofthe serving cell. Theremaining positions inthe measurement reportare used for reportingof cells in the bandof the serving cell. Ifthere are still remainingpositions, these areused to report the nextstrongest identifiedcells in the other bandsirrespective of the bandused.
205320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
2 The multiband MSreports the two strongestcells, with known andallowed NCC part ofBSIC, in each of thefrequency bands inthe BA list, excludingthe frequency band ofthe serving cell. Theremaining positions inthe measurement reportare used for reportingof cells in the bandof the serving cell. Ifthere are still remainingpositions, these areused to report the nextstrongest identifiedcells in the other bandsirrespective of the bandused.
3 The multiband MSreports the threestrongest cells, withknown and allowed NCCpart of BSIC, in eachof the frequency bandsin the BA list, excludingthe frequency band ofthe serving cell. Theremaining positions inthe measurement reportare used for reportingof cells in the bandof the serving cell. Ifthere are still remainingpositions, these areused to report the nextstrongest identifiedcells in the other bandsirrespective of the bandused.
(1)
(1) MBCR is not changeable if a Competitor Coverage Evaluation Active BA-list Recordigis ongoing.
3.22.4 Hardware characteristics data
BAND
206 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Identifier
Range: GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800, GSM1900
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe transmitter/receiver is out of service.
Comments: Frequency band supported by the transmitter/receiver.
GSM800 GSM 800 band.
GSM900 GSM 900 band.
GSM1800 GSM 1800 band.
GSM1900 GSM 1900 band.
3.23 Differential Channel Allocation
The channel allocation priority levels sent from the MSC to the BSC, and usedfor Differential channel allocation, are defined by
0 No priority information is sent.
1 Highest priority
...
14 Lowest priority
15 Priority level not used.
Note: In a multislot configuration, differentiation is done for every requestedchannel in the configuration.
3.23.1 MSC Exchange Property Data
CAPLTCHSCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
207320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Specifies if channel allocation priority level handlingis to be considered at initial TCH and/or at SDCCHassignment or not at all. The parameter is optional.
0 Channel allocationpriority level handling notconsidered.
1 Channel allocationpriority level handlingonly considered at initialTCH assignment.
2 Channel allocationpriority level handlingonly considered at initialSDCCH assignment.
3 Channel allocationpriority level handlingconsidered at initialSDCCH and initial TCHassignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHEMER
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocation prioritylevel in the MSC in case of anemergency call. The parameter isoptional.
The priority level for emergency callsneed to be defined in the BSC too, seeEMERGPRL in Page 214.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial TCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
208 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
CAPLTCHMOVAL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocationpriority level to be used for mobileoriginated transactions when nopriority information has been receivedfrom HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial TCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMOVAL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocationpriority level to be used for mobileoriginated transactions when nopriority information has been receivedfrom HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial SDCCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTVAL
209320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocation prioritylevel to be used for mobile terminatedcalls when no priority informationhas been received from HLR. Theparameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial TCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTVAL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocationpriority level to be used for mobileterminated transactions when nopriority information has been receivedfrom HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial SDCCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTOVERR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
210 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Determines whether the channel allocation prioritylevel received from HLR or an operator definedvalue is to be used for mobile terminated calls. Theparameter is optional.
0 The channel allocationpriority level valuereceived from the HLR isto be used.
1 An operator definedvalue is to be used.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTOVERR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Determines whether the channel allocation prioritylevel received from HLR or an operator defined valueis to be used for mobile terminated transactions.The parameter is optional.
0 The channel allocationpriority level valuereceived from the HLR isto be used.
1 An operator definedvalue is to be used.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTPREF
211320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocation prioritylevel for mobile terminated calls whenthe parameter CAPLTCHMTOVERRis set to 1. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial TCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTPREF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Specifies a channel allocationpriority level for mobile terminatedtransactions when the parameterCAPLSCHMTOVERR is set to 1. Theparameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channelallocation priority level sent to the BSCat initial SDCCH assignment.(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
SMOASSIGN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
212 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: SMOASSIGN determines whether the messageASSIGNMENT REQUEST is to be sent from theMSC to the BSC at mobile originated SMS. Theparameter is only valid if the function “SMS MobileOriginated, Point to Point, in MSC/VLR” is in theapplication system of the exchange. The parameteris optional.
0 Message is not sent
1 Message is sent(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
SMTASSIGN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: SMTASSIGN determines whether the messageASSIGNMENT REQUEST is to be sent from the MSC to theBSC at mobile terminated SMS. The parameter is only validif the function “SMS Mobile Terminated, Point to Point, inMSC/VLR” is in the application system of the exchange. Theparameter is optional.
0 Message is not sent
1 Message is sent(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.23.2 BSC Exchange Property Data
DCAHANDOVER
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
213320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC , RAEPP.
O&M: -
Comments: Differential channel allocation at Intra-BSC inter-cellhandover.
0 OFF
1 ON
When the switch is ON, differentiation accordingto the stored priority level for the connection isapplied. When OFF, differentiation is not applied.The parameter is not valid at handover duringassignment.
3.23.3 BSC Data
DCASTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDCI, RLDCE , RLDCP.
O&M: -
Comments: Differential channel allocation switch.Activates/deactivates Differentialchannel allocation in the BSC.
EMERGPRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 15
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDCI , RLDCP.
214 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Priority level for emergency calls.
EMERGPRL must alwaysbe defined when initiatingDifferential channel allocation.The corresponding parameter in theMSC, CAPLTCHEMER (see Page208), should be set accordingly.
STATSINT
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 96
Unit: Number of 15 min. periods
Default: -
Command: RLSCI, RLSCP
O&M: -
Comments: Differential channel allocation statisticscollection time interval. By means ofthis recording function, it is possibleto monitor dropped connections,connection establishments, allocationattempts and allocation failures dueto Differential Channel allocation perpriority level.
3.23.4 Cell Data
CHTYPE
Type: Identifier
Range: TCH, SDCCH
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLPRC, RLPRP.
O&M: -
Comments: Channel type.
TCH Traffic Channel
215320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SDCCH Stand Alone DedicatedControl Channel
(1)
(1) As a printout parameter in other functions, CHTYPE can also have the values BCCH andCBCH.
CHRATE
Type: Identifier
Range: FR, HR
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLPRC, RLPRP.
O&M: -
Comments: Channel rate.
FR The channel rate is FR(full rate).
HR The channel rate is HR(half rate).
Parameter CHRATE is only valid for channel typeTCH.
3.23.5 P P Resource Type Data
A P P Resource Type (RT) is a unique type of channel.
In Ericsson's GSM system R7, there are six possible P P RTs within a cell:
PPRT1.1: full-rate TCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT1.2: half-rate TCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT2.1: full-rate TCH in the underlaid subcell,
PPRT2.2: half-rate TCH in the underlaid subcell,
PPRT3: SDCCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT4: SDCCH in the underlaid subcell.
A Priority Profile (PP) is defined by means of the command RLPPI.
An RT is assigned a PP by means of the command RLPRC. The P P RT isspecified by means of SCTYPE, CHTYPE and CHRATE.
PP
216 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters, DEFAULT. ALL is not allowed
Unit: -
Default: DEFAULT
Command: RLPPI, RLPPC, RLPRC, RLPPP
O&M: -
Comments: Priority Profile.
A PP is a matrix including different values of INACand PROBF for each Priority Level (PRL).
There is a permanent default PP containing INAC =0% and PROBF = 0% for each PRL.
3.23.6 Priority Profile (PP) Data
In each PP, for each PRL, the two parameters INAC and PROBF need to bedefined.
PRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 16
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLPPC, RLPPP
O&M: -
Comments: Priority Level in PP.
The operator can assign a channelallocation priority level to each specificmobile subscriber in the subscriberdata in the HLR.
When a channel is to be allocated, themobile subscriber specific PRL is usedin the Differential channel allocation.
At emergency calls, always thepriority level for emergency calls(EMERGPRL) is used regardless ofthe subscriber's priority level.
INAC
217320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 0
Command: RLPPC, RLPPP
O&M: -
Comments: Percentage of deblocked channelsthat are inaccessible for the PRL atdifferential channel allocation.
PROBF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 0
Command: RLPPC, RLPPP
O&M: -
Comments: Probability of failure to allocate the lastremaining accessible channel for thepriority level.
3.24 Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and PreemptionService (eMLPP)
The enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption (eMLPP) featureenables the operator to give high priority users good access to the network.This is achieved by preemption of one low-priority connection either byhandover or disconnection.
The BSS procedure uses a number of parameters defined for each eMLPPlevel, the Preemption Capability Indicator (PCI), the Preemption VulnerabilityIndicator (PVI), the Priority Level and the Queuing Allowed Indicator (QAI).These parameters are provided by the MSC.
3.24.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PHSTATE
218 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if the feature Efficient Priority Handling isactivated or not.
The following values are available:
0 Efficient Priority Handlingis not activated
1 Efficient Priority Handlingis activated. The eMLPPparameters PCI and PVIare considered in thepreemption algorithm.
2 Efficient Priority Handlingis activated. Besides theeMLPP parameters PCIand PVI also the eMLPPparameter Priority Levelwill be considered in thepreemption algorithm.
MSQUEUING
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates whether the feature CallQueuing is activated or not.
0 Call Queuing notactivated
219320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1 Call Queuing activated
2 Call Queuing activated.Voice Group Channelallocation andsubsequent Talkerallocation are allowed toprecede the queue.
MSQHOPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates if a PC using a traffic channel will gethigher priority or not, due to handover, than queuedPC requests in the target cell:
0 No priority
1 Handover prioritised
3.24.2 MSC, eMLPP data
EMLPP
Type: Identifier
Range: A, B, 0 to 4
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Enhanced multi-level precedence and preemptionlevel.
A Highest level
B Second-highest level
0 Third-highest level
1 Forth-highest level
220 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
2 Fifth-highest level
3 Sixth-highest level
4 Lowest level
BAOCI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Barring of outgoing calls overriding indicator. Setper eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
0 Barring not overridden
1 Barring overridden
BOICI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Barring of outgoing international calls overridingindicator. Set per eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
0 Barring not overridden
1 Barring overridden
BOIEXHI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
221320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Barring of outgoing international calls except thoseto the home Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN)country overriding indicator. Set per eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
0 Barring not overridden
1 Barring overridden
PCI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Preemption capability indicator. Set per eMLPPlevel.
The following values are available
0 Allocation requestcannot preempt anexisting connection.
1 Allocation request canpreempt an existingconnection.
PVI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0,1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
222 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Preemption vulnerability indicator. Set per eMLPPlevel.
The following values are available
0 Connection cannot bepreempted by anotherallocation request.
1 Connection can bepreempted by anotherallocation request.
PRIORITY
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 14
Unit: -
Default: 14
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: eMLPP priority. Set per eMLPP level.
QAI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: MGETC
O&M: -
Comments: Queuing allowed indicator. Set pereMLPP level.
3.24.3 BSC Data
PRIOLEV
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 14
Unit: -
Default: -
223320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLBQC, RLBQP
O&M: -
Comments: Priority level
This parameter determines the prioritylevel.
QASSTIME
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 60
Unit: -
Default: 28
Command: RLBQC, RLBQP
O&M: -
Comments: Assignment time
This parameter determines themaximum time it is allowed to doassignment for a priority connection.
3.24.4 Cell Data
QLENGTH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 32
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RLMQC, RLMQP
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum queue length in a cell. Itdetermines the maximum number ofPriority Connections (PC) that can beinserted in the queue.
RESLIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 100
224 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: -
Default: 25
Command: RLMQC, RLMQP
O&M: -
Comments: Channel resource limit. It indicatesthe percentage of radio channelresources, that is, Traffic ChannelFullrate (TCH/F) and Traffic ChannelHalfrate (TCH/H) that are allocated topriority connections before starting togive available channels to non priorityconnections.
3.25 Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
From a basic configuration of SDCCH/8, this function can dynamically changethe number of SDCCH/8 in the cell depending on the demand for suchchannels. The number of SDCCH/8 is however never decreased below thebasic configuration.
3.25.1 Cell Data
ACSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLACI, RLACE, RLACP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Configuration State.
Activation state of the AdaptiveConfiguration of Logical Channelsfunction in the cell.
SLEVEL
Type: Numeral/Identifier
Range: 0 to 2, CONG
Unit: -
225320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: 0
Command: RLACC, RLACP
O&M: -
Comments: SDCCH Level
Level of remaining SDCCH subchannels when anattempt to increase the number of SDCCH/8 byreconfiguring a TCH to an SDCCH/8 will take place.
CONG The attempt to increasethe number of SDCCH/8will take place whenallocation of an SDCCHhas failed due tocongestion.
If SLEVEL is set to CONG, it is recommended thatImmediate Assignment on TCH is used in the cell.
STIME
Type: Numeral
Range: 15 to 360
Unit: Seconds
Default: 20
Command: RLACC, RLACP
226 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: SDCCH Time Interval.
Minimum time interval before anSDCCH/8 configured by AdaptiveConfiguration of Logical Channels isreconfigured back to a TCH whenSDCCH demands are low.
As long as the number of SDCCH/8sis higher than the basic configuration,an evaluation is performed once everythree seconds to check if the criterionto remove one SDCCH is fulfilled.A l` eaky bucket' counter algorithmdetermines this with STIME as theinitial counter value. If the number ofSDCCH/8 is more than (8 + SLEVEL)when the evaluation is done, thecounter is decreased. If the numberequals (8 + SLEVEL), the counterremains unchanged. If the number isless than (8 + SLEVEL), the counter isincreased but never beyond its initialvalue.
3.25.2 Channel Group Data
CHGR
Type: String
Range: INCL, EXCL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLACC, RLACP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if Adaptive configuration ofLogical Channels is allowed (INCL) ornot (EXCL) for the specified channelgroup.
227320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.26 GSM - UMTS - LTE Cell Reselection and Handover
3.26.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
COEXUMTS
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 4
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Support for Coexistence of GSM and UMTS
0 OFF
1 ON: FeatureGSM-UMTS CellReselection andHandover is activated
2 ONADDINFO: FeatureGSM-UMTS CellReselection andHandover and featureCombined CellReselection TriggerGSM to WCDMA areactivated.
3 ONADDINFO;GSM-UMTS CellReselection andHandover and CombinedHandover TriggeringGSM to WCDMA areactivated
4 ONADDINFO;GSM-UMTS CellReselection andHandover, CombinedCell ReselectionTriggering GSM toWCDMA and CombinedHandover TriggeringGSM to WCDMA areactivated
228 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
COEXUMTSINT
Type: Numeral
Range: 100 to 1000
Unit: ms
Default: 1000
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Time interval between traffic loadchecking.
COEXUMTSLSH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter enables and disablesthe feature Smooth GSM to WCDMAunloading.
0 = Feature not enabled
1 = Feature enabled
SBHOACTIVE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
229320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter enables and disablesthe feature Handover with Usage ofService Indicator.
0 = Feature not enabled
1 = Feature enabled
FASTRET3GNC2
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC
O&M: -
Comments: This exchange property indicates if the multi RadioAccess Technology (RAT) MSs will be redirectedimmediately to WCDMA cell at call release. Thisfunction is applicable for DTM connections in GSMcells with active Network Control Mode 2 (NC2)having WCDMA neighbors.
The availability of the exchange property valueother than the default one depends on commercialagreements.
0 ‘Fast Return to WCDMA at CallRelease’ is allowed for DTMconnections in cells with NC2switched on.
1 ‘Fast Return to WCDMA at CallRelease’ is not allowed for DTMconnections in cells with NC2switched on.
3.26.2 GSM - UMTS Cell Reselection - Cell Data
Note: The settings of the following parameters only affect Multi-RAT FDDUMTS capable MSs.
UMFI
230 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: MFDDARFCN-MSCRCODE-DIVERSITY
Range: MFDDARFCN: 0 to 16383
MSCRCODE: 0 to 511
DIVERSITY: DIV or NODIV
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLUMC, RLUMP
O&M: -
Comments: UTRAN Measurement Frequency Information for cellreselection in GSM Idle Mode and GPRS/EGPRS Readyand Standby states.
(MFDDARFCN-MSCRCODE-DIVERSITY) defines thefrequency, scrambling code and diversity information for aUTRAN neighbouring cell.
MFDDARFCNMFDDARFCN indicates the absolute RFchannel number of the neighbouring UTRAN cell to bemeasured on by Multi-RAT MSs. Several frequency bandsexist and the absolute RF channel number representsthe center frequency within the frequency band. Allowedfrequency bands and absolute RF channel numbers aredescribed in detail in Reference [6].
MSCRCODE is the scrambling code for the neighbouringcell. The scrambling code has 512 values.
DIVERSITY indicates if diversity is applied for the UTRANcell, or not.
FDDQMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum FDD quality.
Defines the minimum threshold for the "quality"measure Ec/No for cell reselection to UTRAN cells.
0 -20 dB
231320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1 -6 dB
2 -18 dB
3 -8 dB
4 -16 dB
5 -10 dB
6 -14 dB
7 -12 dB.
FDDQOFF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: dB
Default: 8
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: FDD quality offset.
Defines the inter-system cell reselection offset toUTRAN cells.
0 -infinite, always selectUTRAN FDD cell ifacceptable
1 -28 dB
2 -24 dB
...
15 +28 dB.
SPRIO
Type: Identifier
Range: NO, YES
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
232 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Search priority.
Indicates if 3G cells may be searched when BSICdecoding is required.
NO Multi-RAT MS maynot use the searchframes required for BSICdecoding, for UTRANFDD measurements.
YES Multi-RAT MS may useup to 25 search framesper 13 seconds withoutconsidering the need forBSIC decoding in theseframes.
QSI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: dBm
Default: 15
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: GSM-UMTS cell reselection quality search indicator.
Indicates the threshold to start UTRAN FDDmeasurements in Idle mode and Stand-by andReady states.
When the parameter value is between 0 and 6, theUTRAN FDD measurements are started when theserving cells' signal strength is below the threshold.
When the parameter value is between 8 and 14, theUTRAN FDD measurements are started when theserving cells' signal strength is above the threshold.
0 -98 dBm
1 -94 dBm
...
6 -74 dBm
7 always
8 -78 dBm
233320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
9 -74 dBm
...
14 -54 dBm
15 never
FDDQMINOFF
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum FDD quality offset.
Defines an offset to the value of FDDQMIN.
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 dB
FDDRSCPMIN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: dB
Default: 6
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum FDD RSCP.
Defines the minimum threshold of Received SignalCode Power (RSCP) for cell reselection to UTRANFDD.
234 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
0 -114 dB
1 -112 dB
2 -110 dB
3 -108 dB
4 -106 dB
5 -104 dB
6 -102 dB
7 -100 dB
8 -98 dB
9 -96 dB
10 -94 dB
11 -92 dB
12 -90 dB
13 -88 dB
14 -86 dB
15 -84 dB
3.26.3 GSM - UMTS Handover - UTRAN Cell Data
CELL
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: All commands where a specific cell ispointed out.
Cell definition: RLDEI
O&M: -
Comments: Cell name of a external UTRAN cell.As UTRAN cells cannot belong to anyGSM BSC, they have always to bedefined as external.
NEWNAME
235320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to change thename of a cell. See parameter CELLfor recommendations.
FDDARFCN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 16383
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: Absolute RF channel number of the external UTRANcell.
The parameter indicates the absolute RF channelnumber of the neighbouring UTRAN cell in GSMactive mode. Several frequency bands exist andthe absolute RF channel number represents thecenter frequency within the frequency band. Allowedfrequency bands and absolute RF channel numbersare described in detail in Reference [6].
SCRCODE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 511
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: The scrambling code of the externalUTRAN cell:
UTRANID
236 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: RNCID-CI-MCC-MNC-LAC
Range: RNCID: 0 to 4095
CI: 0 to 65535
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: Identity of the external UTRAN cell:
Consists of the Radio NetworkController Identity (RNCID), CellIdentity within the RNC (CI), MobileColour Code (MCC), Mobile NetworkCode (MNC) and the Location AreaCode (LAC). MCC, MNC and LAChave the same value ranges as usedfor the parameter CGI, see Page 17.
MRSL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 49
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: Minimum reported signal level.
Within the locating algorithm, the measured energy per chipon the Common Pilot Channel (CPICH Ec/No) a UTRAN cellis compared with the minimum quality threshold defined byMRSL. Only if this criterion is fulfilled, handovers to the UTRANcell are possible. The values are:
0 MRSL < -24 dB
1 -24 dB <= MRSL < -23.5 dB
...
48 -0.5 dB <= MRSL < 0 dB
49 0 <= MRSL
237320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.26.4 GSM - UMTS Handover - GSM Cell Data
ISHOLEV
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 99
Unit: %
Default: 20
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Inter-system handover load threshold.
Inter system handover evaluaions startwhen the percentage of idle full rateTraffic Channels (TCHs) left in the cellis less than or equal to this value givenas percentage.
FDDMRR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: Multi-Rat reporting.
FDDMRR defines how many measuredneighbouring UTRAN cells should beincluded in measurement reports. Theremaining positions in measurementreports will be used for reportingGSM cells according to the parameterMBCR, see Page 204. If there are stillremaining positions, these are usedto report next best valid cells in otherradio access technologies.
FDDMRR is not changeable if aGSM-UMTS Active BA-list Recordingor a Competitor Coverage EvaluationActive BA-list Recording is ongoing.
QSC
238 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: dBm
Default: 15
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comments: GSM-UMTS handover quality search indicator.
Indicates the threshold to start UTRAN FDDmeasurements in Active mode.
When the parameter value is between 0 and 6, theUTRAN FDD measurements are started when theserving cells' signal strength is below the threshold.
When the parameter value is between 8 and 14, theUTRAN FDD measurements are started when theserving cells' signal strength is above the threshold.
0 -98 dBm
1 -94 dBm
...
6 -74 dBm
7 always
8 -78 dBm
9 -74 dBm
...
14 -54 dBm
15 never
QSCI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
239320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Initial Quality search indicator.
QSCI defines the control of UTRAN measurementsafter entering active mode, before reading the firstQSC.
0 UTRAN measurementsare performed accordingto QSI until the first QSCis read.
1 UTRAN measurementsare always performeduntil the first QSC isread.
MAXISHO
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–100
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines maximum number of loadtriggered outgoing inter systemhandovers per second from thespecified cell
FDDREPTHR2
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-63
Unit: dBm
Default: 0
Command: RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M: -
Comment: Minimum FDD RSCP reportingthreshold. Defines a threshold for thenon reported 'signal strength' measureCPICH RSCP of UTRAN cells. TheMS includes a UTRAN cell in themeasurement reports only if the nonreporting threshold is exceeded.(1)
240 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
0 Disabled
1 115 dBm
2 114 dBm
... ...
62 54 dBm
63 53 dBm
(1) The reporting entity in the measurement reports is CPICH Ec/No.
3.26.5 GSM - UMTS Handover - Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
There are no neighbor relation specific parameters that can be defined for eachGSM - UMTS neighbouring cell relation. It is possible to define up to 64 UTRANneighbours in addition to 64 GSM neighbours for each GSM cell. A total of upto 32768 UTRAN neighbouring cell relations can be defined per BSC.
CELLR
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLNRI, RLNRE, RLNRP, RLNCP
O&M: -
Comments: Related cell designation.
The identity of the neighbouringUTRAN is specified by means ofCELLR.
3.26.6 GSM-UMTS-LTE Cell Reselection - Cell Data
EARFCN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 65535
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLEFC, RLEFP
241320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the E-UTRAN Absolute Radio FrequencyChannel Number to which cell reselection shall beperformed. This parameter is defined per GSM cell.
FDDARFCN
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 16383
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the UTRAN FDD Absolute Radio FrequencyChannel Number to which priority based cellreselection shall be performed. The value shallcorrespond to MFDDARFCN in UMFI. Thisparameter is defined per GSM cell.
HPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines an offset to apply at a relative comparisonbetween GSM and inter-RAT frequencies whencell reselection to an inter-RAT frequency oflower priority than GSM is allowed. In 3GPP thisparameter is called H_PRIO. This parameter is setper GSM cell.
0 Rule disabled
1 5 dB
2 4 dB
3 3 dB
HPRIOTHR
242 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31(1)
Unit: dB
Default: UMTS:
9 (18 dB)
LTE: 22 (44 dB)
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum threshold for reselectionto LTE and UMTS frequencies of higher prioritythan GSM. The value "measured RSCP value” -QRXLEVMINU for UMTS and “measured RSRPvalue” – QRXLEVMINE for LTE must be abovethe threshold. The parameter is defined perFDDARFCN for UMTS frequencies and perEARFCN for LTE frequencies. In 3GPP, thisparameter is called THRESH_FDD_high for UMTSand THRESH_E-UTRAN_high for LTE.
(1) 0 dB to 62 dB in steps of 2 dB.
LPRIOTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31(1)
Unit: dB
Default: UMTS:
9 (18 dB)
LTE: 22 (44 dB)
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum threshold for reselectionto LTE and UMTS frequencies of lower prioritythan GSM. The value "measured RSCP value” -QRXLEVMINU for UMTS and “measured RSRPvalue” – QRXLEVMINE for LTE must be abovethe threshold. The parameter is defined perFDDARFCN for UMTS frequencies and perEARFCN for LTE frequencies. In 3GPP, thisparameter is called THRESH_FDD_low for UMTSand THRESH_E-UTRAN_low for LTE.
(1) 0 dB to 62 dB in steps of 2 dB.
243320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
MEASTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to15
Unit: dBm
Default: 15
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines a threshold for the serving cell below whichmeasurements of inter-RAT frequencies with lowerpriority should be done. This parameter is definedper GSM cell. In 3GPP this parameter is calledTHRESH_priority_search.
0-14: -98 dBm to -56 dBm in steps of 3 dBm
15: Infinite (always)
MINCHBW
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 5
Unit: Nrb, Number of Resource Blocks
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum value of the channel bandwidthof all valid E-UTRAN cells on the specified EARFCN.This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
0: 6
1: 15
2: 25
3: 50
4: 75
5: 100
PCID
244 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-503
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSEE, RLSEI, RLSEP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines a E-UTRAN cell to which it is forbidden toperform cell reselection. This parameter is definedper EARFCN.
PCIDG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLSEC, RLSEP
O&M: -
Comment: PCIDG is a bitmap that indicates a group of notallowed E-UTRAN cells. If bit number n, where ncan take the value from 1 to 6, in this field is set to’1’, then cells with PCID values in the range (n-1) *84 to (n*84)-1 inclusive are not allowed to reselect.This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
PCIDP
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 8 bits with values 0or 1 per bit
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSEE, RLSEI, RLSEP
245320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: PCIDP is a pattern of the PCID which togetherwith PCIDPS indicates which E-UTRAN cells areforbidden to select. This is a bitmap with variablelength which refers to the pattern of the leftmost(most significant) PCID bits. For example 0 and00 shall be seen as two different patterns. Thisparameter is defined per EARFCN
PCIDPS
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSEI, RLSEP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates if the PCID indicated by PCIDP are thenot allowed cells or if all other PCID are not allowedcells.
PRIOTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to15
Unit: dBm
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines a threshold, for the serving cell and allneighboring GSM cells, below which cell reselectionis allowed to inter-RAT frequencies with lowerpriority than GSM. In 3GPP this parameter is calledTHRESH_GSM_low. This parameter is defined perGSM cell.
0 to14:
-100 dBm to -72 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
15: Infinite (always)
QRXLEVMINE
246 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31(1)
Unit: dBm
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum required RX level (RSRP)) forcells on the target E-UTRAN frequency. In 3GPPthis parameter is called E-UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN.This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
(1) -140 dBm to -78 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
QRXLEVMINU
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31(1)
Unit: dBm
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum required RX level (RSCP)for cells on the target UTRAN frequency. In 3GPPthis parameter is called UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN.Thisparameter is defined per FDDARFCN.
(1) -119 dBm to -57 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
RATPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7(1)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
247320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the priority of GSM, LTE frequencies andUMTS frequencies. The priority may not be thesame for different RATs but may be the same withina RAT. The GSM priority is defined per GSM cell,the LTE priority is defined per EARFCN and theUMTS priority is defined per FDDARFCN.
(1) 0 is the lowest priority, 7 is the highest priority
TRES
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to3
Unit: Seconds
Default: 0
Command: RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the time during which the conditions forcell reselection to another RAT must be fulfilled. In3GPP this parameter is called T_reselection. Thisparameter is defined per GSM cell.
0: 5 seconds
1: 10 seconds
2: 15 seconds
3: 20 seconds
FASTRET3G
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 (INACTIVE), 1(ACTIVE)
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLRWI, RLRWE,RLRWP
O&M: -
Comment: Shows the activation status of the feature FastReturn to WCDMA after Call Release
248 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
FASTRETLTE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 (INACTIVE), 1(ACTIVE)
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLRLI, RLRLE, RLRLP
O&M: -
Comment: Shows the activation status of the feature FastReturn to LTE after Call Release
Valid from release: BSS G12A
COVERAGEE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 (GOOD), 1 (BAD)
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLRLC
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates the coverage of all E-UTRAN cells on aE-UTRAN frequency within the coverage area ofthe GSM cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
COVERAGEU
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 (GOOD), 1 (BAD)
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLRWC
O&M: -
249320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: Indicates the coverageof all UTRAN cells on aUTRAN frequency withinthe coverage area of theGSM cell.
Valid from release: BSS G12A
3.26.7 GSM-UMTS Call Release - Cell Data
3.26.8 GSM-LTE Call release - Cell Data
3.27 Adaptive Multi Rate
During Urgency conditions for bad quality handovers (see parameterBQOFFSET, Page 90, and parameter EXTPEN, Page 92), Dynamic MS PowerControl (see Section 3.9 on page 141), Dynamic BTS Power Control (seeSection 3.11 on page 151) and Intra Cell Handover (see Section 3.14 on page169), different values for some parameters have to be considered for AMR FRconnections. For this purpose, AMR FR specific parameters BQOFFSETAFR,QLIMDLAFR, QLIMULAFR, SSDESULAFR, QDESULAFR, SSDESDLAFR,QDESDLAFR, SSOFFSETULAFR, QOFFSETULAFR, SSOFFSETDLAFRand QOFFSETDLAFR are used.
3.27.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
AMRFRSUPPORT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 5
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate feature switch. It indicatesif AMR full rate support is switched on and which codecset is active in the BSC. If AMRFRSUPPORT is on,TCH/F SPV3 may be selected at channel allocation.
0 OFF
1 Full rate codec set 1
2 Full rate codec set 2
250 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3 Full rate codec set 3
4 Full rate codec set 4
5 Full rate codec set 5
AMRHRSUPPORT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 4
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate feature switch. It indicatesif AMR half rate support is switched on and which codecset is active in the BSC. If AMRHRSUPPORT is on,TCH/H SPV3 may be selected at channel allocation.
0 OFF
1 Half rate codec set 1
2 Half rate codec set 2
3 Half rate codec set 3
4 Half rate codec set 4
3.27.2 BSC Data
SET
Type: Identifier
Range: FR3, FR4, HR3, HR4
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comments: Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) codec set changed by theoperator.
FR3 Full Rate codec set 3
FR4 Full Rate codec set 4
251320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HR3 Half Rate codec set 3
HR4 Half Rate codec set 4
MODE
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 5 (Half Rate)
1 to 8 (Full Rate)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comments: Codec mode (the bit rate of the coded speech afterthe speech encoding).
Values for Half Rate:
1 4.75 Kbps
2 5.15 Kbps
3 5.90 Kbps
4 6.70 Kbps
5 7.40 Kbps
Values for Full rate:
1 4.75 Kbps
2 5.15 Kbps
3 5.90 Kbps
4 6.70 Kbps
5 7.40 Kbps
6 7.95 Kbps
7 10.2 Kbps
8 12.2 Kbps
THR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: -
Default: -
252 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comments: Threshold for changing the codec mode:
0 0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1 dB
...
63 31.5 dB
HYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comments: Hysteresis for changing the codec mode:
0 0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1 dB
...
15 7.5 dB
3.28 EGPRS Link Quality Control
3.28.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
LQCACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
253320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Controls the feature Link Quality Control inEnhanced GPRS.
0 OFF for both uplink anddownlink
1 ON for downlink, OFF foruplink
2 OFF for downlink, ON foruplink
3 ON for both uplink anddownlink
LQCMODEUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Controls the aggressiveness ofthe LQC algorithm in the uplink,for acknowledge mode TBFs ifEGPRSIRUL is set to 1. Otherwise LAmode is always used.
0: LA mode is used
1: LA/IR mode is used
2: LA/IR-BLER mode is used
LQCDEFAULTMCSDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Control of which MCS shall be used in the downlinkwhen Link Quality Control is switched off:
1 MCS-1
254 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
2 MCS-2
3 MCS-3
4 MCS-4
5 MCS-5
6 MCS-6
7 MCS-7
8 MCS-8
9 MCS-9
LQCDEFAULTMCSUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Control of which MCS shall be used in the uplinkwhen Link Quality Control is switched off:
1 MCS-1
2 MCS-2
3 MCS-3
4 MCS-4
5 MCS-5
6 MCS-6
7 MCS-7
8 MCS-8
9 MCS-9
LQCHIGHMCS
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 9
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
255320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Maximum MCS that is supported:
1 MCS-1
2 MCS-2
3 MCS-3
4 MCS-4
5 MCS-5
6 MCS-6
7 MCS-7
8 MCS-8
9 MCS-9
LQCUNACK
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Used to shift the selection of MCS toa more robust one when Link QualityControl is running in LA mode andRLC Unacknowledged Mode is usedby the TBF.
LQCMODEDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
256 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comments: Controls the aggressiveness of theLQC algorithm in the downlink, foracknowledge mode TBFs.
0: LA mode is used
1: LA/IR mode is used
2: LA/IR-BLER mode is used
EGPRSIRUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Switches IR ON (1) and OFF (0) forthe uplink.
3.29 GPRS Link Adaptation
3.29.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
EITHIGHCS
Type: Numeral
Range: 1, 2
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to define the highest possiblecoding scheme that can be chosenwhen data is transferred over EIT TBF.
3.29.2 Cell Data
LA
257320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: ON
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates and deactivates the featureGPRS Link Adaptation.
CHCSDL
Type: Identifier
Range: NA, CS-1, CS-2, CS-3, CS-4
Unit: -
Default: CS-2
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: Coding Scheme for the downlink.
Parameter CHCSDL defines the initialCS that will be used for the downlink. Ifset to NA, the parameter CHCODINGwill be used instead.
If GPRS Link Adaptation is not active,the selected initial CS will work asstatic.
If GPRS Link Adaptation is activeCHCSDL is used as the initial CS.(1)
(2)
(1) If CHCSDL is set to CS-3 or CS-4 and if GPRS TBF capability is (CS-1, CS-2), then CS-2 isused.(2) Parameter CHCODING is always used to define the uplink CS.
3.30 GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service
3.30.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PCUQOS
258 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates (=1) and deactivates (=0) thefeature R99 GPRS/EGPRS Quality ofService.
PCUEIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates (=1) and deactivates (=0)the feature EIT Capacity.
TEITPENDING
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200
Unit: 100 ms
Default: 30
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to define the maximumtime that a EIT Streaming TBFreservation should be kept betweentwo consecutive PDUs of Streamingdata received from SGSN or MS.
MSEITRESPTIME
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 5000
259320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: ms
Default: 1500
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to define the initial sub-periodof TEITPENDING. During this time theprobability for receiving data over anEIT Streaming TBF is considered tobe high, hence EITSCHEDFREQH isapplied. (1)
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
EITSCHEDFREQH
Type: Numeral
Range: 20 to 5000
Unit: ms
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to define the time between two consecutiveUSFs or RRBPs scheduled for an MS over EITStreaming TBF when the TBF is in inactive mode,for example no real data is sent or received. Thisscheduling frequency is used when MSEITRESPTIMEis running. (1)
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
EITSCHEDFREQL
Type: Numeral
Range: 20 to 20000
Unit: ms
Default: 200
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
260 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to define the time between two consecutiveUSFs or RRBPs scheduled for an MS over EITStreaming TBF when the TBF is in inactive mode,for example no real data is sent or received. Thisscheduling frequency is used when TEITPENDING isstill running but MSEITRESPTIME is already expired.(1)
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
THPMBRFACTOR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 10
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines to what extent the MBR istaken into account of scheduling of theInteractive users.
If set to 0, MBR is not taken intoaccount in the weight calculation. Theprioritizing of the users is made basedonly on the THP.
QOSTHP1
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 10
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Determines the relative importanceof the THP-1 users compared to theTHP-3 users.
QOSTHP2
261320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 10
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Determines the relative importanceof the THP-2 users compared to theTHP-3 users.
QOSMAPPING
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1, 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines how the R97/98 Quality of Service is used:
0 R97/98 Quality of Service disabled
1 R97/98 Quality of Service enabled.Mapping activated, R97 PrecedenceLow, Medium, High are mapped to R99traffic classes Background, InteractiveTHP3, Interactive THP2, respectively
2 R97/98 Quality of Service enabled.Mapping activated, R97 PrecedenceLow, Medium, High are mapped toR99 traffic classes Interactive THP3,Interactive THP2, Interactive THP1,respectively
QOSCONVPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
262 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Defines how BSS handles a Conversational PFCin the Interactive class.
1 Interactive THP1
2 Interactive THP2
3 Interactive THP3
QOSSTREAMPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 4
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines how BSS handles a Streaming PFC thatBSS could not allocate Streaming resources for.
0 Background
1 Interactive THP1
2 Interactive THP2
3 Interactive THP3
4 Terminate the StreamingPFC
TSTREAMSTART
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200
Unit: 100 ms
Default: 59
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the maximum time Streamingresources are kept reserved if no dataarrives from SGSN after the initialGBR negotiation between BSS andSGSN is finalized.
TSTREAMPENDING
263320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200
Unit: 100 ms
Default: 30
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the maximum time Streamingresources are kept reserved if noStreaming data arrives from SGSNafter the last Streaming data wastransmitted to the MS.
EITGMAXUSEUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 400 (in steps of 10)
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITGMAXUSEULdefines the maximum usage for uplinkEIT (Ericsson Instant Talk) TBFs(Temporary Block Flow) for B- orG-TBF mode
EITEMAXUSEUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 400 (in steps of 10)
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITEMAXUSEULdefines the maximum usage for uplinkEIT (Ericsson Instant Talk) TBFs(Temporary Block Flow) for E-TBFmode
264 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
EITGMAXUSEDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200 (in steps of 10)
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITGMAXUSEDLdefines the maximum usage fordownlink EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk)TBFs (Temporary Block Flow) for B- orG-TBF mode
EITEMAXUSEDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 200 (in steps of 10)
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITEMAXUSEDLdefines the maximum usage fordownlink EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk)TBFs (Temporary Block Flow) forE-TBF mode
EITQOSPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 3
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
265320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter EITQOSPRIO definesthe action to take when admissionis not granted for an EIT (EricssonInstant Talk) user.
1: Reject
2: Renegotiate with SGSN (downgradeto interactive)
3: Admit anyway (BSC internaldowngrade)
EITADMCTRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates and deactivates the featureAdmission Control for EIT.
0 = Admission Control for EITdeactivated
1 = Admission Control for EIT activated
3.30.2 Cell Data
BPDCHBR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: kbps
Default: 12
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum estimated bitrateper B-PDCH in cell used for transfer ofthe traffic class Streaming.
266 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
GPDCHBR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 20
Unit: kbps
Default: 14
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum estimated bitrateper G-PDCH in cell used for transfer ofthe traffic class Streaming.
EPDCHBR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 60
Unit: kbps
Default: 20
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum estimated bitrateper E-PDCH in cell used for transfer ofthe traffic class Streaming.
STREAMSUP
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates and deactivates the featureQoS Streaming on cell level.
267320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.31 Interference Rejection Combining
3.31.1 Cell Data
IRC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M: -
Comments: Activates (ON) or deactivates (OFF)the feature Interference RejectionCombining (IRC).
3.32 Multi Band Cell
3.32.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
MBCRAC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the way that GPRS/EGPRS MS frequencyband capabilities are handled:
0 MS frequency capabilityis considered whenallocating and revisingchannels for TBFtransfers. If the MSfrequency capabilitiesare not available, onlythe BCCH frequencyband is available.
268 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
1 All GPRS/EGPRS MSsare assumed to becapable of all frequencybands. MS frequencycapability is consideredwhen allocating andreserving cahnnels forTBF transfers. If the MSfrequency capabilitiesare not available, allfrequency bands areavailable
2 All GPRS/EGPRS MSsare assumed to becapable of both GSM 900frequency sub-bands.MS frequency capabilityis considered whenallocating and reservingchannels for TBFtransfers. If the MSfrequency capabilitiesare not available, bothGSM 900 frequencysub-bands are available.(1)
(1) This parameter value is only applicable if the BCCH is configured in the P-GSM band.
FBCHALLOC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: It makes possible to determine if channels on BCCHfrequency band shall be selected first, last or if thereis no preference at channel allocation:
0 No selection preference.
1 Select channels inBCCH frequency,band/subband first
269320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
2 Select channels inBCCH frequency,band/subband last.
(1)
(2)
(1) FBCHALLOC does not influence the channel allocation for GPRS/EGPRS.(2) The parameter is not applicable if there is only one frequency band per subcell.
3.32.2 Cell Data
FBOFFS
Type: Numeral
Range: -40 to 40
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the difference in pathlossbetween the BCCH frequency bandgroup and the non-BCCH frequencyband group. Positive values are usedwhen the BCCH frequency band groupis assumed to offer "better" coveragethan the non-BCCH frequency bandgroup.
3.32.3 Channel Group Data
BAND
Type: Identifier
Range: GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800, GSM1900
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDGI , RLDGP
270 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: Frequency band used in the channel group.
GSM1800 and GSM1900 cannot be defined in thesame cell.
In multi band cells, CSYSTYPE defines thefrequency band used for the BCCH.
It is not possible to change BAND in single bandcells. In these cells CSYSTYPE defines thefrequency band used in the whole cell.
3.33 GPRS/EGPRS Connection Control and Transfer
3.33.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
DLDELAY
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 5000
Unit: ms
Default: 2200
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the time to keep a downlinkTBF alive after the last downlink RLCdata block with real data is sent.
ULDELAY
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 5000
Unit: ms
Default: 1000
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the time to keep an uplinkTBF in Extended UL TBF mode aliveafter the last uplink RLC data block isreceived.
271320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
ESDELAY
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2000
Unit: ms
Default: 750
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the time to keep an earlyset-up downlink TBF alive after it hasbeen set-up.
TFILIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 31
Unit: -
Default: 4
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum number of TFIsthat have to be available for the TBFkeep alive mechanism. If less TFIs areavailable TBFs will be released unlessthey carry real data.
USFLIMIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 7
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the minimum number of USFsthat have to be available for ExtendedUL TBF mode. If less USFs areavailable TBFs will be released unlessthey carry real data.
272 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
LOPTETHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–60
Unit: kbps
Default: 10
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Radio link bit rate threshold for EPRSTBFs. The default value shall be10 and it shall only be possibleto change the value if the globalparameter GPRSLOADOPT indicatesthat the feature is available. Thethreshold defines when an EGPRSTBF is considered to be in badradio environment. The radio link ismeasured per PDCH. Valid for bothuplink and downlink.
LOPTGTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–20
Unit: kbps
Default: 8
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Radio link bit rate threshold for GPRSTBFs. The default value shall be 8and it shall only be possible to changethe value if the global parameterGPRSLOADOPT indicates that thefeature is available.
MINPOLLEIT
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 24
Unit: -
Default: 12
273320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter MINPOLLEIT definesthe minimum number of radio blocksbetween polls for an EIT TBF.
MINPOLL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 24
Unit: -
Default: 16
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter MINPOLL definesthe minimum number of radio blocksbetween polls for non-EIT (EricssonInstant Talk).
AQMMAXIPSIZE
Type: Numeral
Range: 100 to 2000
Unit: bytes
Default: 1700
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates the upper limit of the IPpacket size.
AQMMINBUFF
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 200
Unit: Kbyte
Default: 10
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
274 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter ensures that at leasta few IP packets are buffered at verylow peak rate.
AQMMINIPSIZE
Type: Numeral
Range: 100 to 2000
Unit: byte
Default: 300
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates the lower limit of the IPpacket size.
AQMRTTCONST
Type: Numeral
Range: 100 to 4000
Unit: ms
Default: 850
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates the constant part of theroundtrip time. This includes delaysin server, core network, BSC, MS andlaptop as well as transmission delayson the air interafce such as Gn, Gband Abis. The constant is changes insteps of 10 ms.
PULSCHEDINT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 10 and 99
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
275320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: Defines the scheduling periods fora TBF in Extended UL TBF mode(EUL) and delayed release of DLTBF mode (DDL). The parameter alsodefines if the feature Persistent UplinkScheduling is activated or deactivated.
PULSCHEDINT
Minimum insertion interval perTBF,EUL[ms]
Minimuminsertionintervalper TBF,DDL[ms]
No ofTSsscheduled,EUL
0 Feature deactivated
1 20 40 1
2 40 40 1
3 60 80 1
4 80 80 1
5 100 120 1
6 120 120 1
7 140 160 1
8 160 160 1
9 180 200 1
10 200 200 1
99 20 40 all assigned
AQMSUPPORT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Indicates if AQM support is activatedor not.
0 = AQM not activated
1 = AQM activated
276 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
LOADOPT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 2
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M -
Comment Support for GPRS Load Optimization.
0: Feature OFF
1: Feature ON for Background
2: Feature ON for Background andInteractive
3.33.2 Cell Data
RTTI
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines whether Reduced TTI isactivated in the cell.
ACTIVE Reduced TTI is activated in the cell
INACTIVE Reduced TTI is not activated in thecell
IAN
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
277320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter defines whether Improved Ack/Nackis activated in the cell or not
ACTIVE Improved Ack/Nack isactivated in the cell.
INACTIVE Improved Ack/Nack isnot activated in the cell.
3.34 Antenna Hopping
3.34.1 Hardware Characteristic Data
AHOP
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, ONXC0, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOC, RXMOP., RXMSC, RXBFP
O&M: It is only possible to read the antenna hoppingadministrative state with RXMOP. With RXBFP both theadministrative and the operative feature states withinthe TG are shown.
Comments: Antenna Hopping. This parameter sets the antennahopping administrative state for a TG
ON Antenna Hopping enabled
ONXC0 Antenna Hopping enabledexcluding carrier zero frequency
OFF Antenna Hopping disabled
3.35 Synchronized Radio Networks
3.35.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
BSCFSOFFSETMSW
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 65535
278 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: symbol
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: BSC Frame Start Offset, mostsignificant word.
The BSC Frame Start Offset adjuststhe frame start offset of transmittedTDMA frames relative the nominalposition for all cells realized by theBSC.
BSCFSOFFSETLSW
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 65535
Unit: symbol
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: BSC Frame Start Offset, leastsignificant word.
The BSC Frame Start Offset adjuststhe frame start offset of transmittedTDMA frames relative the nominalposition for all cells realized by theBSC.
3.35.2 Channel Group Data
Related channel group parameters are HOP, HSN, MAIO (for more informationsee Page 162) and TSC (for more information see Page 38).
3.35.3 Cell/Subcell Data
Related cell/subcell parameters are FNOFFSET (see Page 25).
3.35.4 Hardware Characteristic Data
Related hardware characteristic data parameters are TFMODE and SYNCSRC.For more details, see Page 354.
279320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
FSOFFSET
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 65534, OFF (65535)
Unit: 1/4 symbol
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comments: Frame Start Offset states if the transmitted TDMAframes should be synchronized to the nominalposition with a defined offset or not synchronizedto the nominal position.
OFF No frame start offsetrelative the nominalposition of transmittedTDMA frames
Other A defined frame startoffset of the transmittedTDMA frames relativeto the BSC Frame StartOffset adjusted nominalposition
3.36 Channel Allocation Optimization
3.36.1 Cell Data
DMQB
Type: Identifier
Range: ON and OFF
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines if the Dynamic Half Rate (HR)to Full Rate (FR) Mode Adaptation dueto bad quality is active (ON) or inactive(OFF).
DMQBAMR
280 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: dtqu
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Channel quality threshold for AMRcapable mobiles using a HR trafficchannel. It determines when a changefrom HR to FR is initiated for DualRate mobiles capable of AMR if theDMQB parameter is set to ON. It canbe set per priority level if using SpeechQuality Priority.
DMQBNAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Channel quality threshold for mobilesnot capable of AMR using a HR trafficchannel. It determines when a changefrom HR to FR is initiated for DualRate mobiles not capable of AMR ifthe DMQB parameter is set to ON. Itcan be set per priority level if usingSpeech Quality Priority.
DMQG
Type: Identifier
Range: ON and OFF
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
281320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the if the Dynamic FullRate (FR) to Half Rate (FR) ModeAdaptation quality evaluation is active(ON) or inactive (OFF).
DMQGAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Channel quality threshold for AdaptiveMulti Rate (AMR) capable mobilesusing a FR traffic channel. Itdetermines when a change fromFR to HR is allowed for Dual Ratemobiles capable of AMR if the DMQGparameter is set to ON. It can beset per priority level if using SpeechQuality Priority.
DMQGNAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Channel quality threshold for mobilesnot capable of AMR using a FR trafficchannel. It determines when a changefrom FR to HR is allowed for DualRate mobiles not capable of AMR ifthe DMQG parameter is set to ON. Itcan be set per priority level if usingSpeech Quality Priority.
DMTHAMR
282 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: HR packing threshold parameter forAMR HR capable mobiles. Whenbelow this value a HR packing ordynamic mode adaptation from FRto HR is initiated. The parameterexpresses the ratio between idle anddeblocked TCHs in % and is set percell.
DMTHNAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: HR packing threshold parameter fornon AMR but DR capable mobiles.When below this value a HR packingor dynamic mode adaptation fromFR to HR is initiated. The parameterexpresses the ratio between idle anddeblocked TCHs in % and is set percell.
DTHAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 30
Command: RLDHC, RLDHP
283320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates the ratio between idle anddeblocked TCHs in the cell. Belowthis threshold an AMR MSs will beallocated on HR channels.
DTHNAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 15
Command: RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M: -
Comments: Indicates the ratio between idle anddeblocked TCHs in the cell. Below thisthreshold a non-AMR but DR capableMS will be allocated on HR channels.
DMSUPP
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDMI, RLDME
O&M -
Comments: Controls the activation of DynamicFR/HR Mode Adaptation (DYMA).(1)
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
DHA
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDHC, RLDHP
284 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M -
Comments: Controls the activation of DynamicHalf Rate Allocation (DHA).(1)
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
ATHABIS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter is a commonparameter that activates or deactivatesthe features Dynamic HR Allocationon Abis and Dynamic FR/HR ModeAdaptation on Abis in a cell. (1)
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
ATHABISPR
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to turn SpeechQuality Priority (priority consideration)ON or OFF for the feature AbisTriggered HR Allocation (for both theDynamic Half Rate Allocation andDYMA functionality).
DHASS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
285320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLCSC, RLSCP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to turn thecheck of minimum DL signal strengthON or OFF for the features DynamicHalf Rate Allocation and the DHA partoft Abis Triggered HR Allocation.
DHASSTHRASS
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: -dBm
Default: 96
Command: RLCSC, RLCSP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the threshold for minimumDL signal strength to be applied atDynamic Half Rate Allocation duringcall setup
DHASSTHRHO
Type: Numeral
Range: 47 to 110
Unit: -dBm
Default: 98
Command: RLCSC, RLCSP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the threshold for minimumDL signal strength to be applied atDynamic Half Rate Allocation duringhandover.
DHPR
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
286 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to turn SpeechQuality Priority (priority consideration)ON or OFF for the feature DynamicHalf Rate Allocation.
DHPRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 15
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the priority level (1-14) forwhich the threshold parameters givenin the same command shall apply (oneor both of DTHAMR and DTHNAMR).The value 15 is used for calls with nopriority level assigned.
DMPR
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDMC, RLDMI, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to turn SpeechQuality Priority (priority consideration)ON or OFF for the feature DynamicFR/HR Adaptation.
DMPRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 15
Unit: -
287320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: -
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the priority level (1-14) forwhich the quality thresholds given inthe same command shall apply (one orseveral of DMQBAMR, DMQBNAMR,DMQGAMR and DMQGNAMR). Thevalue 15 is used for calls with nopriority level assigned.
DMTFAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Threshold parameter for moving callsrun on AMR HR to FR. When the idlelevel is above this value a HR to FRadaptation is initiated. The parameterexpresses the ratio between idle anddeblocked TCHs in % and is set percell.
DMTFNAMR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M: -
Comments: Threshold parameter for moving callsrun on non AMR HR to FR. Whenthe idle level is above this valuea HR to FR adaptation is initiated.The parameter expresses the ratiobetween idle and deblocked TCHs in% and is set per cell.
288 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
DTHAMRWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: %
Default: 10
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comment: Dynamic HR Allocation threshold for AMR Wideband(AMR-WB) capable MSs This parameter changesa percentage value of number of unblocked FRTCHs in the AMR-WB capable cell when DynamicHR Allocation is activated and the MS supportsAMR-WB. If the number of idle FR TCHs in thecell is above or equal the value of this parameter,FR TCHs has precedence over HR TCHs. If thenumber of idle FR TCHs in the cell is below thevalue of this parameter, HR TCHs has precedenceover FR TCHs.
3.36.2 TG Data
DHRAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 0
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for the 16 kbps part of the Abispool for starting and stopping allocationof AMR HR and HR channels. Theparameter is set per TG.
DFRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
289320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: %
Default: 0
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for the 16 kbps part of the Abispath pool for starting and stoppingpacking of AMR HR and HR channelsand for starting and stopping move ofFR to HR channels, including AMR.The parameter is set per TG.
AHPRL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 15
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXATC, RXATP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the priority level (1-14) forwhich the threshold parametersgiven in the same commandshall apply (one or several ofDHRAABISTHR, SDHRAABISTHR,DAMRREDABISTHR andSDAMRREDABISTHR). The value 15is used for calls with no priority levelassigned.
DHRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXATC, RXATP
290 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for the 16 kbps part of the Abispath pool for when to start and stopmoving of calls run on HR to FRchannels. The parameter is set perTG.
DHRAABISTHRWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: %
Default: -
Command: RXATC
O&M: -
Comment: Dynamic HR allocation threshold for 16 kbps poolof Abis paths for AMR-Wideband (WB) capablemobiles This parameter changes a threshold valuefor starting and stopping the allocation of AMRHR and HR channels using Abis devices from the16 kbps pool. This threshold is used in AMR-WBcapable cells for mobiles that support AMR-WB.The threshold value is expressed as percentage ofidle 16 kbps Abis devices, out of nominal number ofdevices in the pool. The allocation of HR channelsdue to shortage of Abis resources starts when thenumber of idle 16 kbps Abis devices falls below thethreshold value and ends when the number of idle16 kbps Abis devices exceeds the value determinedby this parameter. The allocation is stopped whenthe threshold value is set to 0.
SDHRAABISTHRWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: %
Default: -
Command: RXATC
291320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: Dynamic HR allocation threshold for SC forAMR-WB capable mobiles This parameter changesa threshold value for starting and stopping theallocation of AMR HR and HR channels, in case ofhigh transmission load on an SC. This thresholdis used in AMR-WB capable cells for mobiles thatsupport AMR-WB. The threshold value is expressedas percentage counted as the number of HDLCpackets transmitted through the SC divided by themaximum number of HDLC packets that can betransmitted within the timeframe. The allocation ofHR channels due to shortage of SC resources startswhen the number of transmitted HDLC packetsexceeds the threshold value and ends when thenumber of transmitted HDLC packets falls below thevalue determined by this parameter. The allocationis stopped when the threshold value is set to 100.
3.37 Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
3.37.1 Cell Data
MAXLAPDM
Type: Numeral
Range: 5 to 12
Unit: LAPDm frames
Default: 5
Command: RLDUC, RLDUP
O&M: -
Comments: It is used to control the maximumlength of the GPRS signallingmessages sent on the FACCH.
ALLOCPREF
Type: String
Range: QUAL, PACK
Unit: -
Default: QUAL
Command: RLDUC, RLDUP
292 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: It is used as a preference at DTMchannel allocation in some situations;whether the TCH (CS part) in aDTM connection shall be allocatedwith maximum speech qualityconsiderations or with packingconsiderations (to prefer a TCH/HR).
OPTMSCLASS
Type: Numeral
Range: 11
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDUP
O&M: -
Comments: Defines the optional DTM multislotclasses supported in a cell. Theoptional DTM multislot classesare added with the parameterOPTMSCLASSADD, see Page 293,and removed with the parameterOPTMSCLASSREM, see Page 293.
OPTMSCLASSADD
Type: Numeral
Range: 11
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDUC
O&M: -
Comments: Defines for which optional DTMmultislot class support shall be addedin a cell. See also OPTMSCLASS,Page 293
OPTMSCLASSREM
Type: Numeral
Range: 11
293320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RLDUC
O&M: -
Comments: Defines for which optional DTMmultislot class support shall beremoved in a cell. See alsoOPTMSCLASS, Page 293
3.38 Flexible Abis (FLAB)
3.38.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
ABISALLOC
Type: String
Range: FIXED, FLEXIBLE
Unit: -
Default: FIXED
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP.. .
O&M: -
Comments: Controls the way Abis paths areallocated to the TCHs capable of 64kbps. The parameter is set per TG.
PILTIMERFLEX
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: % of PILTIMER
Default: 50
Command: RAEPC, REAPP
294 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to set howlong PDCHs allocated on G-TCHsand E-TCHs, with a flexible Abis, willkeep the 64 kbps Abis path beforeit is downgraded to 16 kbps. This isapplicable if FLEXHIGHGPRS = 0 andif there are GPRS traffic but no longerany EGPRS traffic on the PDCH. Thetime is decided by PILTIMERFLEX *PILTIMER/100.
ABIS64KTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 0
Command: RXATC, RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for packing of flexibly allocatedAbis paths in the 64 kbps part of theAbis path pool.
DAMRREDABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 100
Unit: %
Default: 20
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for the 16 kbps part of the Abispath pool for starting and stoppingallocation of AMR FR channels withreduced codec set.
DAMRCR
295320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter activates anddeactivates Full Rate AMR on 8k Abis.The parameter is set per TG.
3.38.2 Cell Data
FLEXHIGHGPRS
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter defines whether 16kbps (0) or 64 kbps (1) Abis paths shallbe allocated for non-EGPRS capablemobiles.
DAMRCRABIS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used to activate ordeactivate the feature Full Rate AMRon 8 kbps Abis on cell level.
DAMRCRABISPR
296 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter is used toactivate/deactivate the featureSpeech Quality Priority for FR AMR on8 kbps Abis.
3.39 Voice Group Call Service
3.39.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PAGPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–5
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates the lowestpaging priority that will cause a pagingfor a call in an ongoing group call.
VGPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–15
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
297320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates the lowestvoice group call priority that will causea notification into ongoing calls andgroup calls.
NOTIFP
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–30
Unit: Seconds
Default: 5
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates the repetitionperiod for notifications into ongoinggroup calls.
3.39.2 Cell Data
FBVGCHALLOC
Type: String
Range: BCCHBAND, ANYBAND
Unit: -
Default: BCCHBAND
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates in whichfrequency band the voice groupchannels shall be allocated.
REPPERNCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–40
Unit: Multiframes
Default: 4
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
298 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates the repetitionperiod for notifications (the maximumtime between notifications) for ongoinggroup calls on NCH.
VGCHALLOC
Type: String
Range: NOPREF, BCCHPREF,BCCHNOPREF
Unit: -
Default: BCCHPREF
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter determines if a voicegroup channel shall be allocatedpreferably on the BCCH frequency,preferably not on the BCCH frequencyor with no preference.
CHMAX
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 32
Unit: -
Default: 32
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicatets the absolutenumber of allowed VGCHs per cell.
DYNVGCH
Type: String
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
299320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates if the featureDynamic VGCH Handling is activatedor deactivated.
VGENCR
Type: String
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter indicates if the featureVGCS Channel Encryption is activatedor deactivated.
3.40 Tandem Free Operation (TFO)
3.40.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PCMLAW
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter is used to set thecorrect PCM law type on the Ainterface. The parameter is set perBSC.
0: A-Law
1: µ-Law
TFOCONFIGTRA
300 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: TFO configuration switch. Thisparameter is used to switch on or offall TRA R6 boards to support TFO.The parameter is set per BSC.
0: OFF
1: ON
TFOPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is used to steerhandover regulations in TFO. Theparameter is set per BSC.
0: All types of handover allowed inTFO
1: All types of handover allowed inTFO except the following:
• DYMA (FR to HR adaptations)
• HR Packing
• Cell Load Sharing
• Subcell Load Distribution
• TCH Optimization
• Improved Abis Utilization
TFOSTATUS
301320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is used to turn thefeature TFO ON (=1) or OFF (=0). Theparameter is set per BSC.
3.41 Handover and Signalling Robustness
3.41.1 BSC Data
REEST
Type: String
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFEHI, RFEHE, RFEHP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter initiate, end and printthe status of Reestablish of Layer 2functionality.
REPFACCH
Type: String
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFEHI, RFEHE, RFEHP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter initiate, end and printthe status of Repeated DownlinkFACCH.
302 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
SACCHDLTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–63
Unit: -
Default: 8
Command: RFEAC, RFEAI, RFEAP
O&M: -
Comment: SACCHDLTHR is used to triggerRepeated SACCH mode on the DLwhen Enhanced AMR Coverage isactivated.
Repeated SACCH mode is triggeredper call and direction
SACCHULTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–63
Unit: -
Default: 8
Command: RFEAC, RFEAI, RFEAP
O&M: -
Comment: SACCHULTHR is used to triggerRepeated SACCH mode on the ULwhen Enhanced AMR Coverage isactivated.
Repeated SACCH mode is triggeredper call and direction
3.42 Find Faulty Antenna Features
3.42.1 BSC Data
BSCFFAD
Type: Identifier
Range: ENABLED, DISBALED
Unit: -
303320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: DISABLED
Command: RFADI, RFADE, RFADP
O&M: Changing the parameter fromENABLED to DISABLED willdeactivate the feature in all cells (thathave been activated from R-PMO).
Comments: Status of the function FFAD in theBSC.
RFADP gives a common statusprintout for all Find Faulty Antennafeatures.
BSCFFTAD
Type: Identifier
Range: ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit: -
Default: DISABLED
Command: RFTDI, RFTDE, RFADP
O&M: Changing the parameter fromENABLED to DISABLED willdeactivate the feature in all cells (thathave been activated from R-PMO).
Comments: Status of the function FFTAD in theBSC.
RFADP gives a common statusprintout for all Find Faulty Antennafeatures.
3.43 Packet Abis over IP
3.43.1 BSC Data
CRC32
Type: String
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: ON
304 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter specifies if CRC-32checksum should be calculatedaccording to ISO 3309 and included inthe IP packet. The setting will apply toboth uplink and downlink. Setting thisparameter to ON will increase the IPoverhead.
ON = CRC 32 included in IP packet
OFF = CRC 32 not included in IPpacket
DSCPDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: QoS class
Default: 0
Command: RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the DifferentialServices Code Point (DSCP) that willbe used by the PGW for downlinkpackets with certain SAPI. Each DSCPvalue defines a separate QoS classand can be used to prioritize downlinkpackets in the IP network.
DSCPUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: QoS class
Default: 0
Command: RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
305320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the DifferentialServices Code Point (DSCP) that willbe used by STN for uplink packetswith certain SAPI. Each DSCP valuedefines a separate QoS class and canbe used to prioritize downlink packetsin the IP network.
IPDEVNO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–127
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the IP devicenumber.
IPDEV2NO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–65535
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the IP devicenumber.
IPDEVTYPE
Type: String 1–7
Range: RTIPPGW
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
306 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the type ofdevice to be used by an IP address.(This is the only applicable value forPacket Abis over IP).
JBSUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–255
Unit: ms
Default: 20
Command: RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the size of theuplink jitter buffer.
MBWDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 64–16384
Unit: kbps
Default: —
Command: RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the maximumbandwidth in downlink.
The parameter defines the bandwidthin downlink that is considered100% when calculating thresholdsfor triggering overload preventionmechanisms.
This value should be set as close tothe actual bandwidth as possible.
MBWUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 64–16384
Unit: kbps
307320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default: —
Command: RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the maximumbandwidth in uplink.
The parameter defines the bandwidthin uplink that is considered 100% whencalculating thresholds for triggeringoverload prevention mechanisms.
This value should be set slightly lessthan the actual bandwidth.
MODE
Type: String
Range: IPM, SCM
Unit: —
Default: -
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the mode forthe SCGR.
IPM = IP Mode
SCM = Super Channel Mode
OVLTH
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1000
Unit: 1/10 of %
Default: 25
Command: RRBGC, RRBGI, RRBGP
308 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the overloadthreshold, expressed in tenth parts of apercent, for transmission links. Whenover the threshold, this LAPD BundlingGroup is considered congested andappropriate overload handling occurs.This threshold is a fraction of the lostpackets out of the total sent packets.
PSTU
Type: String 1–20
Range: —
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the host nameof the Site Transport Node (STN) thathandles the SCGR.
SC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–3
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the superchannel number within a superchannel group.
SCGR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–2047
Unit: -
Default: -
309320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the group ofsuper channels that terminate in thesame TG.
3.43.2 TG Data
JBSDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–255
Unit: ms
Default: 20
Command: RXMOC, RXMOI, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the size of thedownlink jitter buffer.
PACKALG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter sets the packingalgorithm used on the Abis trafficgenerated by the TG. 0 = No packing,1 = Packing algorithm 1.
SDAMRREDABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
310 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,RXATC, RXTAP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping theallocation of AMR FR channels withreduced codec set, in case of hightransmission load on a super channel.The allocation is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter DAMRCRABIS per cell.
SDFRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping of movefrom FR to HR channels, includingAMR, in case of high transmissionload on a super channel. The movingof channels is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
SDHRAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,RXATC, RXATP
311320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stoppingthe allocation of AMR HR and HRchannels, in case of high transmissionload on a super channel. Theallocation is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
TMODE
Type: String
Range: TDM, SCM
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter sets the TGTransmission Mode.
TDM = TG in Time Division MultiplexingMode
SCM = TG in Super Channel Mode
LBG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–255
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRPTC, RRPTP
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD bundling group identity witin aTG.
MCLTDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–20
312 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: ms
Default: 1
Command: RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD bundling time for bundling groupdowlink.
MCLTUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–20
Unit: ms
Default: 1
Command: RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD bundling time for bundling groupuplink.
MPLSDL
Type: Numeral
Range: 300–1465
Unit: bytes
Default: 1465
Command: RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD max bundling size for bundlinggroup downlink.
MPLSUL
Type: Numeral
Range: 300–1465
Unit: bytes
Default: 1465
Command: RRBGC, RRBGP
313320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD max bundling size for bundlinggroup uplink.
SDHRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RXATC, RXATP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping of movefrom HR to FR channels, includingAMR, in case of low transmissionload on a super channel. The movingof channels is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 0%. Theparameter is set per TG. Note thatthis functionality is activated by theparameter ATHABIS per cell.
JBPTA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-120
Unit: ms
Default: 20
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comments: The parameter sets the maximumjitter for the BTS-BSC round trip thatthe 120 ms BTS buffer can handle ifBasic PTA Regulation is used. Thesetting of this parameter affects theGPRS/EGPRS latency. Values shallbe set according to Reference [1](1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter PAL per TG.
PTA
314 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: -
Default: 7
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter indicates a factor forcounting the timing advance for thePacket-GSL protocol, P-GSL, usedby TGs in super channel mode. Thevalue should reflect the Abis round tripdelay. Values shall be set accordingto Reference [1].
PAL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: PAL indicates if the feature AdaptiveTimers for Packet Abis is activated
0: The P-GSL timing advance ismanually set by the parameter PTA.
1: Automatic adjustment of the P-GSLtiming advance, the parameter JBPTAsets the buffer depth.
3.43.3 Super Channel Group Data
IPOV
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RRSGI, RRSGC, RRSGP
315320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: On/off switch for the Emergency IPoverload handling that based onSignaling LAPD delay information,reduces load on Abis by removingPS frames in first level and removingCS and PS frames in second levelof overload. This is to prevent TGOutage.
LDEL
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RRSGI, RRSGC, RRSGP
O&M: -
Comment: LAPD Link parameter setting. Thisparameter defines specific LAPD linkparameters.
0: The LAPD Link parameters areselected by SIGDEL parameter(NORMAL)
1: Specific LAPD Link parameters areselected (MEDIUM)
3.44 Packet Abis over TDM
3.44.1 TG Data
PACKALG
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
316 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter sets the packingalgorithm used in TG. For PacketAbis over TDM this parameter shallalways be set to 1 to achieve optimalbandwidth savings.
SDAMRREDABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,RXATC, RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping theallocation of AMR FR channels withreduced codec set, in case of hightransmission load on a super channel.The allocation is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter DAMRCRABIS per cell.
SDFRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping of movefrom FR to HR channels, includingAMR, in case of high transmissionload on a super channel. The movingof channels is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
317320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SDHRAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: %
Default: 100
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,RXATC, RXATP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stoppingthe allocation of AMR HR and HRchannels, in case of high transmissionload on a super channel. Theallocation is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 100%. Theparameter is set per TG. (1)
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
TMODE
Type: String
Range: TDM, SCM
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter sets the TGTransmission Mode.
TDM = TG in Time Division MultiplexingMode
SCM = TG in Super Channel Mode
NUMDEV
Type: Numeral
Range: 1–124
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXAPC, RXAPI, RXAPP
318 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the number ofsubsequent PGW devices allocated bythe system (for the particular TG), tobe placed on one of the PGW-RPs.
SDHRMAABISTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–100
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
Comments: This parameter defines a thresholdvalue for starting and stopping of movefrom HR to FR channels, includingAMR, in case of low transmissionload on a super channel. The movingof channels is stopped when thethreshold value is set to 0%. Theparameter is set per TG. Note thatthis functionality is activated by theparameter ATHABIS per cell.
PTA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–63
Unit: -
Default: 7
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter indicates a factor forcounting the timing advance for P-GSLwhen TG is in SCM transmissionmode. It is not recommended toset this parameter to less than thedefault value as it can impact theGPRS/EGPRS performance.
319320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.44.2 BSC Data
NUMDEV
Type: Numeral
Range: 8–31 (E1)
8–24 (T1)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the numberof subsequent PGW devices andRBLT devices that constitute the superchannel.
SC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–3
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the superchannel number within a superchannel group.
SCGR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–2047
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the group ofsuper channels that terminate in thesame TG.
320 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3.44.3 Cell Data
3.45 PGW Load Distribution
3.45.1 BSC Data
FORCE
Type: String
Range: <null> or FORCE
Unit: -
Default: no FORCE
Command: RRLRC, RRLRI, RRLRP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is used to initiatean unconditional rearrangementof SCGRs among available andnon-blocked PGW-RPs. If not givenwith the RRLRI command, there willonly be a rearrangement performedif there has been a trigger for a'Periodic Rearrangement', but theactual rearrangement has not beendone, because the 'lo-traffic'hours' hasnot yet occured.
MP
Type: Identifier
Range: 0–511
Unit: MP (Measuring Program)
Default: -
Command: RRLRC, RRLRI, RRLRP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is defining a MeasuringProgram (MP) to be used together withthe MP and TIME. In this way there isa link between this functionality andthe new 'Periodic Rearrangement'included in PGW Load Distribution.
RP
321320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: 0–1023 or ALL
Unit: RP number
Default: -
Command: RRPGC, RRPGI, RRPGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is defining thePGW-RP for which to retreive andprint the PCU load statistics. WhenALL is chosen then all PGW-RPs CPUload will be shown.
3.46 Reduced Power Consumption in GSM RAN
3.46.1 BSC Exchange Property
TRXOFFTARGET
Type: Numeral
Range: 20 to 100
Unit:
Default: 50
Command:
O&M:
Comment: The value that the cell level counter forturning off a TRX must reach before aTRX turn-off will be kicked off.
TRXONTARGET
Type: Numeral
Range: 20 to 100
Unit:
Default: 49
Command:
322 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M:
Comment: The value that the counter for turningon a TRX must reach before a TRXturn-on will be kicked off.
TRXOFFDELAY
Type: Numeral
Range: 60 to 90
Unit: Scan period (10 seconds)
Default: 30
Command:
O&M:
Comment: The delay period before scanning fora TRX to turn off will be started withina cell.
TSPS
Type: Identifier
Range: ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit: -
Default: DISABLED
Command: RXBFC, RXBFP
O&M: -
Comment: DISABLED Timeslot Power Savingsis not activated in theTG.
ENABLED Timeslot Power Savingsis activated in the TG.
3.46.2 Cell Data
BTSPS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF, DISABLED
Unit:
Default: OFF
323320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RLSVI, RLSVC, RLSVE, RLSVP
O&M: BTSPS enters the DISABLED statedue to the activation of another feature,that requires that all TRXs are enabled.E.g. if BTSPS is ON at time of FFTADactivation. When FFTAD is inactivatedin the cell, BTSPS will be automaticallyrestored in accordance with the latestBTS Power Savings command.
Comment: BTS Power Savings state
OFF Base TransceiverStation (BTS)power savings isnot activated inthe cell
ON BTS powersavings isactivated in thecell
DISABLED BTS powersavings isdisabled in thecell
BTSPSHYST
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 1014
Unit:
Default: 4
Command: RLSVC
O&M:
Comment: This parameter changes the hysteresisfor BTS Power Savings. The value isexpressed as the number of idle TCHBPCs.
PSVTYPE
Type: String
Range: BTSPS
Unit: -
324 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Default: BTSPS
Command: RLSVI, RLSVE, RLSVP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter indicates the type ofpower savings activated in the cell.
MINREQTCH
Type: Numeral
Range: 1-1014
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLSVC
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter defines the threshold value forminimum number of required idle FR TCHs in thecell. If the number of idle FR TCHs is below thatthreshold immediate enabling of a TRX disabled byBTS Power Savings is initiated.
3.46.3 TG Data
PSUPS
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXBFC, RXBFP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is used to switch PSUPower Savings ON and OFF.
3.47 Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band
During Urgency conditions for bad quality handovers (see parameterBQOFFSET, Page 90, and parameter EXTPEN, Page 92), Dynamic MSPower Control (see Section 3.9 on page 141), Dynamic BTS Power Control(see Section 3.11 on page 151) and Intra Cell Handover (see Section3.14 on page 169), different values for some parameters have to be
325320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
considered for AMR WB connections. For this purpose, AMR WB specificparameters BQOFFSETAWB, QLIMDLAWB, QLIMULAWB, SSDESULAWB,QDESULAWB, SSDESDLAWB, QDESDLAWB, SSOFFSETULAWB,QOFFSETULAWB, SSOFFSETDLAWB and QOFFSETDLAWB are used.
3.47.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
AMRWBDYMAPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Controls prioritization of AMR-WB when DYMA isactive.
0 No prioritization between AMR-WB and AMRFR when DYMA is active
1 AMR-WB connections prioritized when DYMAis active. This means that AMR FR connectionsshall be suggested to be moved to HR beforeAMR-WB connections.
AMRWBFB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Controls the fallback solution for AMR-WBconnections when AMR-WB can’t be establishedend-to-end.
0 No fallback to a narrowband codec will takeplace even though AMR-WB end-to-end can’tbe achieved.
1 Fallback to a narrowband codec will take place(via an intra-cell handover) when AMR-WBcan’t be achieved end-to-end.
326 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
AMRWBPRIO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Controls optimization functions for AMR-WB.
0 Optimization functions will be allowed forAMR-WB connections.
1 Optimization functions will not be allowed forAMR-WB connections.
AMRWBSPVERUSE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: AMRWBSPVERUSE is used to decide if channelservice for AMR-WB shall be placed at the top in thelist at change of channel, for example handover.
0 The list of channel services received from theMSC shall be used.
1 The channel service using AMR-WB shallbe placed at the top in the list at change ofchannel.
AMRWBSUPPORT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0, 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
327320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: AMR-WB feature switch. Indicate if AMR-WBsupport is switched on or off.
0 AMR-WB switched off.
1 AMR-WB switched on.
HIGHFERDLAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-96
Unit: FER
Default: 4
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Threshold value for high FER DL. Filtered FERmeasurements are compared to this threshold toevaluate urgency conditions.
HIGHFERULAWB
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-96
Unit: FER
Default: 4
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Threshold value for high FER UL. Filtered FERmeasurements are compared to this threshold toevaluate urgency conditions
AMRWBDHA
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-2
Unit: -
Default: 2
Command: ROEPC
O&M: -
328 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comment: This exchange property indicates if functionsDynamic HR Allocation and Dynamic HR Allocationpart of Abis Triggered HR Allocation are allowed forAMR WB connections.
0 Dynamic HR Allocationfunctions not allowed.
1 Dynamic HR Allocationfunctions allowed at callset up only.
2 Dynamic HR Allocationfunctions allowed at callset up and handover.
3.47.2 BSC Data
ICMODE
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-11
Unit: -
Default: -(1)
Command: RLADC, RLADP
O&M: -
Comment: The initial codec mode is the codec mode to beused at call setup and after a handover. The value0 indicates that the initital codec mode is set inaccordance with the design base rules.
For Full Rate (FR) codec sets the following bit ratescan be used:
1 4.75
2 5.15
3 5.90
4 6.70
5 7.40
6 7.95
7 10.2
8 12.2
For Half Rate (HR) codec sets the following bit ratescan be used.
329320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1 4.75
2 5.15
3 5.90
4 6.70
5 7.40
For Wideband (WB) codec sets the following bitrates can be used.
9 6.60
10 8.85
11 12.65
(1) This parameter is not set to any default value. If initial codec mode is not defined it is chosenin accordance with 3GPP 45.009.
3.48 Abis Local Connectivity
3.48.1 Cell Data
CODECREST
Type: String
Range: NONE, FR, HR, EFR
Unit: -
Default: NONE
Command: RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M: -
Comment: The CODECREST parameterdetermines if the speech codecselection in a cell shall be restrictedto a specified codec, and in that casewhich speech codec shall be used. Itis only possible to set CODECRESTFR, HR or EFR in cells where theparameters DMSUPP, DHA andATHABIS are all set to OFF.
330 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3.49 BSC Capacity Supervision
3.49.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
GBCAPALARMACT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-1
Unit: -
Default: 1
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment The parameter set to activate/deactivate possibilityof raising GB supervision alarms.
0 Not active
1 Active
GBCAPWARNTHR
Type: Numeral
Range: 50-95
Unit: %
Default: 80
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment The parameter sets the threshold value for initiationof observation alarms.
3.50 A-Interface over IP
A-Interface over IP is activated by issuing command RRAII and deactivated bycommand RRAIE. When A-Interface over IP is activated and AMR is to be usedthe following parameters shall be set: AMRFRSUPPORT set to 5, see Page250, AMRHRSUPPORT set to 2, see Page 251. If AMR-WB is to be used theparameterAMRWBSUPPORT shall be set to 0, see Page 327.
3.50.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
PCMLAW
331320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: This parameter is used to set thecorrect PCM law type on the Ainterface. The parameter is set perBSC.
0: A-Law
1: µ-Law
3.50.2 BSC Data
DSCP
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-63
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter specifies theDifferentiated Services Code Point(DSCP) that is used by the A-InterfaceGateway (AGW) for uplink Real-timeTransport Protocol (RTP) traffic. Theparameter is set per BSC.
JBS
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-255
Unit: ms
Default: 20
Command: RRAGC, RRAGP
332 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter defines the size of thedownlink jitter buffer.
IPDEVNO
Type: Numeral
Range: 0–127
Unit: —
Default: —
Command: RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the IP devicenumber.
IPDEVTYPE
Type: String 1–7
Range: RTIPAGW
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines the type ofdevice to be used by an IP address.(This is the only applicable value forA-interface over IP).
DSCP1
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-63
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RRAGC, RRAGP
333320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter specifies theDifferentiated Services Code Point(DSCP) that is used by the A-InterfaceGateway (AGW) for uplink Real-timeTransport Control Protocol (RTCP)traffic. The parameter is set per BSC.
MBT
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-5
Unit: ms
Default: 2
Command: RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter specifies the maximumtime in milliseconds to wait beforesending a multiplexed packet that iscounted from the time when the firstspeech frame was inserted in thepacket. The parameter is set per BSC.
MPS
Type: Numeral
Range: 400-1500
Unit: bytes
Default: 1500
Command: RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter specifies the maximumpacket size in bytes that can be sentin a multiplexing session includingIP header, UDP header, multiplexingheaders, RTP headers and payload.
3.51 Automatic FLP/Automatic IRC Tuning
The parameters HOMTD, MAXTGCL, MCIMALG, CONFMODE and TIME arecommon for Automatic FLP and Automatic IRC Tuning. The feature Automatic
334 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
IRC Tuning is not needed when Automatic FLP is used since the functionality ofthat feature is included in Automatic FLP.
Note: In case both AFLP and AIRCT are activated in the same cell it will workas if only AFLP is active.
3.51.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
HOMTD
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines if Mobile Time Difference (MTD) data shallbe requested in Handover Command (1) or not (0).
3.51.2 BSC Data
BSCAFLP
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RFFBI, RFFBE, RFFBP
O&M: RFFBI with option CLEARREC will clear all alreadystored Automatic BA-list recordings.
Comment: Automatic FLP active/inactive in the BSC.
BSCAIRCT
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RFFBI, RFFBE, RFFBP
335320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M: RFFBI with option CLEARREC will clear all alreadystored Automatic BA-list recordings.
Comment: Automatic IRC Tuning active/inactive in the BSC.
MAXTGCL
Type: Numeral
Range: 1-31
Unit: -
Default: 10
Command: RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the maximum number of TG clusters in aSynchronization Cluster.
MCIMALG
Type: Identifier
Range: WC, TW
Unit: -
Default: WC
Command: RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M: -
Comment: Selects algorithm for weighting of average linearinterference used for creation of MAIO ClusterInterference Matrix.
WC Worst case traffic weighting algorithm
TW Actual traffic weighting algorithm
CONFMODE
Type: Identifier
Range: IMMED, DELAY
Unit: -
Default: DELAY
Command: RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M: -
336 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comment: Selects mode of configuration of Frequency HoppingParameters.
IMMED
Configuration of Frequency HoppingParameters is executed immediately afterchange of parameter values.
DELAY
Configuration of Frequency HoppingParameters is delayed to the specifiedtime.
TIME
Type: Numeral
Range: 00-23 (hh), 00-59 (mm)
Unit: hour, minute
Default: 02 (hh), 00 (mm)
Command: RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M: -
Comment: Specifies the time of day, the hour and minute,configuration of Frequency Hopping Parametersshould take place. The parameter is expressed ashhmm in the command.
3.51.3 Cell Data
AFLP
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLFCC, RLFCP
O&M: -
Comment: Automatic FLP feature active/inactive for anindividual cell. For AFLP activation to have effect,BSCAFLP must be activated.
AIRCT
Type: Identifier
Range: ACTIVE, INACTIVE
337320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit: -
Default: INACTIVE
Command: RLFCC, RLFCP
O&M: -
Comment: Automatic IRC Tuning feature active/inactive for anindividual cell. For AIRCT activation to have effect,BSCAIRCT must be activated.
3.52 Multi Operator in BSS
3.52.1 IMSI Handover GSM to GSM
The feature IMSI Handover GSM to GSM is activated/deactivated with thecommands RFIMI and RFIME.
3.52.1.1 BSC Data
IMSIPAT
Type: String
Range: 5-15 digits, each digit can take the value 0-9
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter specifies an IMSI series pattern.Mobile Station (MS) with IMSI which matchesdefined pattern is assigned to a specified set of IMSIpatterns. An MS which belongs to a specific setof IMSI patterns receives allowed NCCs specifiedfor this set only. A maximum number of ten IMSIpatterns are allowed to be added to a specific set.
Note that an IMSI pattern can only be includedin one set, i.e the same IMSI pattern cannot beincluded in two or more sets.
NCCPERM
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-7
338 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter defines the allowed NCCs on theBroadcast Control Channel (BCCH) carriers forwhich the MS is permitted to report measurementresults for specific set of IMSI pattern series. Amaximum number of eight NCCs can be defined.
SET
Type: Identifier
Range: A-D
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter specifies which set that will have anadded or removed IMSIPAT or NCCPERM.
A Set A
B Set B
C Set C
D Set D
3.53 16/32 QAM
3.53.1 BSC Exchange Property Data
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
339320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: Control of which MCS that shall be used in thedownlink when E2A Link Quality Control is switchedoff.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
LQCDEFMCSULE2A
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 11
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Control of which MCS that shall be used in the uplinkwhen E2A Link Quality Control is switched off.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: -
Default: 12
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Maximum MCS that is supported for E2A downlink.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 11
Unit: -
Default: 11
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comment: Maximum MCS that is supported for E2A uplink.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
340 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3.53.2 Cell Data
E2AINITMCS
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: Initial MCS for an E2A-TBF.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
E2ALQC
Type: Identifier
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter activates and deactivatesEGPRS2-A LQC.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
EINITMCS
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 9
Unit: -
Default: 3
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: Initial MCS for an E-TBF.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
RTTIINITMCS
341320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 12
Unit: -
Default: 5
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: Initial MCS for a TBF in RTTI mode. For an E-TBF,values 10-12 will be interpreted as 9.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
E2APDCHBR
Type: Numeral
Range: 1 to 100
Unit: kbps
Default: 65
Command: RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M: -
Comment: Defines the minimum estimated bitrate perE2A-PDCH in cell used for transfer of the trafficclass Streaming.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
PSKONBCCH
Type: Identifier
Range: ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit: -
Default: ENABLED
Command: RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M: -
Comment: The parameter is used to disable the use ofmodulations other than GMSK on the BCCH carrier.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
342 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
3.54 VAMOS
3.54.1 BSC Data
AHRVAMOS
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter activates the VAMOS allocationusing AMR HR speech codecs in the BSC.
OFF VAMOS Allocation using AMR HR speechcodec is not active.
ON VAMOS Allocation using AMR HR speechcodec is active.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
AWBVAMOS
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter activates the VAMOS allocationusing AMR WB speech codecs in the BSC.
OFF VAMOS Allocation using AMR WB speechcodec is not active.
ON VAMOS Allocation using AMR WB speechcodec is active.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
HRVAMOS
343320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter activates the VAMOS allocationusing non-AMR HR speech codecs in the BSC.
OFF VAMOS Allocation using non-AMR HRspeech codec is not active.
ON VAMOS Allocation using non-AMR HRspeech codec is active.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
VAMOSBSCSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFVBI, RFVBE, RFVBP
O&M: TRHs on RPG2 and RPG3 must be halted to enableVAMOS
Comment: Status of VAMOS in the BSC. This parameterindicates the status of VAMOS functionality in theBSC.
OFF VAMOS is not activated.
ON VAMOS is activated.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
3.54.2 Cell Data
VCSCC
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-4080 in steps of 8
Unit: -
Default: -
344 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RFCAC, RFCAP
O&M: The value of the parameter can only be decreasedwhen the cell is halted. The value of the parametercan be increased when the cell is active or halted.
Comment: SCC (Simultaneous Call Connections) limit forVAMOS. This parameter changes the number ofpossible SCC in the cell, set up using VAMOS.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
AQPSKONBCCH
Type: Identifier
Range: Disabled, Enabled
Unit: -
Default: Enabled
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: The cell has to be halted to change the value ofAQPSKONBCCH.
Comment: AQPSK (Adaptive Quaternary Phase Shift Keying)modulation on BCCH frequency. This parameterenables the AQPSK modulation for a TrafficChannel (TCH) on the Broadcast Control Channel(BCCH) frequency.
DISABLED
AQPSK is not allowed to be used on theBCCH frequency.
ENABLED
AQPSK is allowed to be used on the BCCHfrequency.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
ASSV
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: ON
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
345320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment: VAMOS allocation at reception of the messageASSIGNMENT REQUEST. This parameter enablesthe allocation of channel for a Mobile Station (MS) inan active VAMOS pair at call setup.
OFF VAMOS allocation at call setup is not allowed.
ON VAMOS allocation at call setup is allowed.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
SSTHRASSV
Type: Numeral
Range: 47-100
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 80
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: DL signal strength threshold at call setup for VAMOSat ASSIGNMENT REQUEST.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
SSTHRV
Type: Numeral
Range: 47-100
Unit: dBm (negative)
Default: 95
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: The minimum DL and UL signal strength that isrequired to allow VAMOS at call set up and intracell handover.
Valid from release: BSS G12B
QBAHRV
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default: 50
346 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: Channel quality threshold for MSs in an activeVAMOS pair using an AMR HR TCH. This parametersets when an MS using an AMR HR TCH is movedfrom an active VAMOS pair due to bad quality.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
QBAWBV
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default: 50
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: Channel quality threshold for MSs in an activeVAMOS pair using an AMR WB TCH. Thisparameter sets when an MS using an AMR WBTCH is moved from an active VAMOS pair due tobad quality.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
QBNAV
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-100
Unit: dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default: 45
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: Channel quality threshold for MSs in an activeVAMOS pair using a non-AMR TCH. This parametersets when an MS using a non-AMR TCH is movedfrom an active VAMOS pair due to bad quality.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
QDESDLOV
347320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: Numeral
Range: -10 to +10
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: VAMOS desired downlink quality offset. Thisparameter changes the offset for desired downlinkquality for the used speech codec when the MSbecomes part of an active VAMOS pair.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
QDESULOV
Type: Numeral
Range: -10 to +10
Unit: dB
Default: 0
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: -
Comment: VAMOS desired uplink quality offset. This parameterchanges the offset for desired uplink quality for theused speech codec when the MS becomes part ofan active VAMOS pair.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
TSCSET1PAIRS
Type: Identifier
Range: NO, YES
Unit: -
Default: YES
Command: RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M: The cell has to be halted to change the value ofTSCSET1PAIRS.
Comment: This parameter enables two MSs using TrainingSequence Code (TSC) from TSC set 1 to form anactive VAMOS pair.
348 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
YES Two MSs using TSC set 1 are allowed to forman active VAMOS pair.
NO Two MSs using TSC set 1 are not allowed toform an active VAMOS pair.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
VAMOSCELLSTATE
Type: Identifier
Range: OFF, ON
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RFVCI, RFVCE, RFVCP
O&M: The cell has to be halted to change the value ofVAMOSCELLSTATE.
Comment: The parameter indicates the status of Voice sevicesover Adaptive Multi-user channels on One Slot(VAMOS) functionality in the cell.
OFF VAMOS is not activated.
ON VAMOS is activated.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
3.54.3 Hardware Characteristics Data
IMBVAMOS
Type: Identifier
Range: YES, NO
Unit: -
Default: NO
Command: RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: VAMOS allocation when RX path imbalance. Thisparameter indicates if VAMOS allocation is allowedwhen RX path imbalance exists.
YES VAMOS allocation is allowed when RX pathimbalance exists.
349320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
NO VAMOS allocation is not allowed when RXpath imbalance exists.
Valid from release: BSS G12B
3.55
3.56 MCPA
3.56.1 MCPA Data
IPM
Type: Enumerated
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M: -
Comment: Activates/deactivates the temporary power overridefunctionality for the MCPA represented by theMCTR MO.
Valid from release: BSS G10B
MAXPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-50 (until G11B)
0.0 to 50.0 (from G12A)
Unit: dBm
Default: 43 (until G11B)
43.0 (from G12A)
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M: -
350 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Cell Data
Comment: Maximum mean output power for the MCPArepresented by the MCTR MO. This parametercan be set with one decimal from G12A and on,but this possibility is only allowed in mixed modeconfigurations where power overbooking is used,see Reference [2].
Valid from release: BSS G10B
MAXTRX
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-15, UNDEF
Unit: -
Default: UNDEF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M: -
Comment: Maximum number of TRXs possible to connect tothe MCPA represented by the MCTR MO.
Valid from release: BSS G10B
PAO
Type: Enumerated
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: Activates/deactivates the possibility that the sum ofTX power configured for the TXs using one MCPAexceeds the total available power for the MCPA.
Valid from release: BSS G10B
TXMPWR
Type: Enumerated
Range: AUTO, MANUAL
Unit: -
Default: AUTO
351320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines how the value of maximumTX power (MPWR) is configured.
Valid from release: BSS G10B
Type: Enumerated
Range: ON, OFF
Unit: -
Default: OFF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter is set if mixed mode on the MCTR isactivated. The availability of this parameter dependson commercial agreements.
Valid from release: BSS G11B
3.56.2 TRX Data
MCTRI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0-15, UNDEF
Unit: -
Default: UNDEF
Command: RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comment: This parameter defines to which MCTR MO (orMCPA) the TRXC MO (or TRX) shall be connected.
Valid from release: BSS G10B
3.57 Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS
352 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Hardware Characteristics
4 Hardware Characteristics
Parameters in this section describe the configuration and characteristics of thehardware in the BTS.
4.1 Allocation Data for Transceiver Group
CHGR
See also Section 3.1.5 on page 31. If a cell has more than one channel groupthat are connected to the same transceiver group they can be defined in thesame table of the CDD, for example CHGR: 0&1.
Note: Due to HW differences, TRXs of RBS 2308/2309 and RBS 2302 mustbe dedicated to separate CHGRs.
TG
Type: Numeral
Range: RXOTG - TG (0 ≤ TG ≤ 2047) for BTS logical modelG12(RBS 2000 series)
In the CDD only the TG part (0 to 2047) of the full TGidentity is specified
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOE, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXESE, RXESI,RXTCI, RXTCE, RXBLE, RXBLI, RXPLI, RXPLE, RXAPI,RXAPE, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comments: Transceiver group (TG) identity. Each TG must be givena unique value of TG within a BSC. It is recommended tostart with TG = 0 and then increase TG one step at a time.
A TG is connected to a cell via one or more channelgroups. A TG can support maximum 16 channel groups.
If the BTS belongs to the RBS 2000 series, a TG cansupport channel groups in more than one cell, that is oneTG can serve all cells (maximum 3) at the site:
TG 0: CellA1, CellA2, CellA3
Each TG can contain up to:
353320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RBS 2101 4 TRXs
RBS 2102 12 TRXs
RBS 2103 12 TRXs
RBS 2106 12 TRXs
RBS 2107 6 TRXs
RBS 2109 6 TRXs (1)
RBS 2111 6 TRXs
RBS 2202 12 TRXs
RBS 2206 12 TRXs
RBS 2207 6 TRXs
RBS 2216 12 TRXs
RBS 2301 2 TRXs
RBS 2302 6 TRXs
RBS 2308 12 TRXs
RBS 2309 6 TRXs (1)
RBS 2401 2 TRXs
RBS 2308 |RBS 2302
12 TRX (8 TRX | 4 TRX) (2)
RBS 2309 |RBS 2302
8 TRX (4 TRX | 4 TRX) (2)(3)
It is recommended to define one TG per site if not moreTRXs/TRUs than those specified above are required.
(1) Due to limitations in hardware, the 6 TRXs are located at instances 0–1, 4–5 and 8–9.(2) Due to limitations in hardware, the TRXs for the RBS 2302 are located at instances 8–11(3) Due to limitations in hardware, the TRXs for the RBS 2309 are located at instances 0–1, 4–5
TFMODE
Type: Identifier
Range: M, S, SA
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe TF is out of service.
Comments: Timing Function Synchronisation Mode.
Mode of the timing function in the TG.
354 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Hardware Characteristics
M Master. Synchronisedfrom the synchronisationsource and distributed toother TFs.
S Slave. Synchronisedfrom other TFs.
SA Standalone.Synchronised fromsynchronisation source.
The timing function is used for the synchronisationof the different TGs within a site. The master TG atthe site handles the synchronisation of the framenumbers within the site.
SYNCSRC
Type: Identifier
Range: INTI, INTE, PCM, DEFAULT
Unit: -
Default: DEFAULT
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe TF is out of service.
Comments: Timing function synchronisation source in the BSC.
This parameter is only valid for base stations of theRBS 2000 series.
INTI Synchronisation takenfrom internally calibrated,internal oscillatorreference.
INTE Synchronisationtaken from externallycalibrated, internaloscillator reference.
PCM Synchronisation takenfrom transport networkreference.
DEFAULT Synchronisation takenfrom source determinedby BTS capabilities.
ANT
355320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changedwhen the transmitter is out of service.
Comments: Antenna Designation.
Name of antenna connected to transmitter.
ANTA
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed when thereceiver is out of service.
Comments: Antenna A Designation.
Name of antenna A connected to receiver.
ANTB
Type: String
Range: 1 to 7 characters
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged when the receiver is out ofservice.
Comments: Antenna B Designation.
Name of antenna B connected toreceiver.
TRXC
356 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Hardware Characteristics
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 15
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: All commands where the TRXC hasto be specified as a managed objectinstance.
TRXC can be regarded as the HWposition for the element that isaddressed by the parameter TEI.
O&M: -
Comments: Apart from the L2 address (TerminalEndpoint Identifier) of the transceivercontroller (TRXC), also the hardwareposition of the TRXC must bespecified.
In the logical model G12 (RBS 2000series) the TRXC is a part of the TRUand TRXC should be set according tothe position (0 to 11) of this unit.
For both logical models it isrecommended to start with TRXC =0 in each transceiver group and thenincrease TRXC one step at a time.
TEI
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63 for G12 (RBS 2000 series)
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changedwhen the TRXC/CF is out of service.
357320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments: Terminal Endpoint Identifier.
LAPD element used for L2 addressing to aTRXC or CF.
It is recommended to use the same value ofTEI as the corresponding value of TRXC. Whenconfiguring a multidrop connection (RBS 2000only), the TEI for the CF (Central Functions)must be different for the different connectedTGs.(1)
(1) TEI must also be defined in the BTS.
MPWR
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 63
Unit: dBm
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to bechanged when the transmitter is outof service.
Comments: Maximum Transmitter Power.
It is necessary to specify the capabilityof the transmitters available in the TG.This is done in order to prevent powerorders, which the transmitters cannothandle.
MPWR is the maximum transmitterpower of the TX at the power amplifier(PA) output. MPWR must be specifiedfor each transmitter in the TG.
RXD
Type: Identifier
Range: A, B, AB
Unit: -
Default: -
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M: The parameter is only allowed to be changed whenthe receiver is out of service.
358 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Hardware Characteristics
Comments: Receiver Diversity.
Combination of receiver antennae to be used.
A Antenna A used only.
B Antenna B used only.
AB Receiver diversityemployed using antennaA and B.
Even when the antenna arrangement is such thatit can provide diversity it is also necessary thatthe signal processing in the transceiver unit canprocess and take advantage of the two signals. Thisdiversity feature at the transceiver must therefore bespecified for each TRX.
RXD indicates the use of receiver diversity in agiven TRX.
CLUSTERID
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1023, UNDEF
Unit: -
Default: UNDEF
Command: RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M: -
Comments: Tranceiver Group (TG) Clusteridentity. Each defined TG Clusteridentity within a BSC correspondsto an unique Logical TG Cluster. ATG Cluster enables synchronizationof bursts transmitted by TGs withinthe TG Cluster. A Logical TG Clusterenables automatic parameter settingof of parameters associated to theTG Cluster and automatic masterreselection within the TG Cluster. ATG that should be part of a LogicalTG Cluster must be given a definedTG Cluster identity. All TGs that isconnected to the same physical TGCluster, that is the same ESB, must begiven the same TG Cluster identity.
359320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
4.2 BSC Exchange Property Data
EXMASTERRES
Type: Numeral
Range: 0 to 1
Unit: -
Default: 0
Command: RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M: -
Comments: Exchange Master Reselection. Thevalue 1 indicates that the functionalityfor automatic master reselection withina Logical TG Cluster is activated. Thevalue 0 indicates that the functionalityis deactivated.
360 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
CDD Forms
5 CDD Forms
This form may be used as a data request sheet for the parameter settings inthe BSC. The structure is based on the structure in the CDD document.
Site Data
MSC NAME: RSITE:
BSC: SITE NAME:
Common Cell Data
BSPWRB: CELL: CGI: BSIC: BCCHNO:
BCCHTYPE: AGBLK: MFRMS: FNOFFSET: ECSC:
SCTYPE: UL
MSTXPWR: BSPWRT:
SCTYPE: OL
MSTXPWR: BSPWRT:
Channel Group Data
CHGR: 0 HOP: HSN: NUMREQBPC:
DCHNO: BCCD: TSC:
SDCCH: TN: CBCH:
Idle Mode Behaviour Cell Data
ACCMIN: CCHPWR: CRH: NCCPERM: CB:
SIMSG 1: MSGDIST:
SIMSG 7: MSGDIST:
SIMSG 8: MSGDIST:
CBQ: ACC: MAXRET: TX: ATT:
T3212: CRO: TO: PT:
361320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Locating BSC Data
SYSTYPE:
EVALTYPE: TINIT: TALLOC: TURGEN: TAAVELEN:
IBHOSICH: IHOSICH: ASSOC: IBHOASS:
Locating Filter Cell Data
SSEVALSD: QEVALSD: SSEVALSI: QEVALSI: SSLENSD:
QLENSD: SSLENSI: QLENSI: SSRAMPSD: SSRAMPSI:
MISSNM:
Locating Basic Ranking Cell Data
BSPWR: MSRXMIN: BSRXMIN: MSRXSUFF: BSRXSUFF:
SCTYPE: UL SCTYPE: OL
BSTXPWR: BSTXPWR:
Locating Urgency Cell Data
TALIM: PSSBQ: PSSTA: PTIMBQ: PTIMTA:
PSSHF: PTIMHF:
SCTYPE: UL
QLIMDL: QLIMUL: QLIMDLAFR: QLIMULAFR:
QLIMDLAWB: QLIMULAWB:
SCTYPE: OL
QLIMDL: QLIMUL: QLIMDLAFR: QLIMULAFR:
QLIMDLAWB: QLIMULAWB:
362 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
CDD Forms
Locating Misc Cell Data
SCHO: CELLQ: MAXTA: RLINKUP: RLINKT:
HPBSTATE: RLINKUPAFR:
RLINKUPAHR:
RLINKUPAWB:
RLINKTAFR:
RLINKTAHR: RLINKTAWB:
GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection Cell Data
PLAYER: PHCSTHR:
GPRS/EGPRS Neighbor Relation Data
GPRSVALID: PROFFSET
Channel Administration / Immediate Assignment On TCH Cell Data
CHAP: NECI: BSCMC: MC:
Channel Administration Channel Group Data
SAS:
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration Cell Data
FPDCH: CSPSALLOC:
PSKONBCCH:
SCALLOC: PDCHPREEMPT:
SPDCH: PRIMPLIM:
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration Channel Group Data
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC: NUMREQEGPRSBPC: TN7BCCH:
MS Power Control Cell Data
DMPSTATE: AMRPCSTATE:
SCTYPE: UL
363320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SSDESUL: SSLENUL: LCOMPUL: QDESUL: QLENUL:
QCOMPUL: REGINTUL: DTXFUL: SSDESULAFR:
QDESULAFR:
SSDESULAHR:
QDESULAHR:
SSDESULAWB:
QDESULAWB:
SCTYPE: OL
SSDESUL: SSLENUL: LCOMPUL: QDESUL: QLENUL:
QCOMPUL: REGINTUL: DTXFUL: SSDESULAFR:
QDESULAFR:
SSDESULAHR:
QDESULAHR:
SSDESULAWB:
QDESULAWB:
GPRS/EGPRS MS Power Control Cell Data
GAMMA:
BTS Power Control Cell Data
DBPSTATE: AMRPCSTATE:
SCTYPE: UL
SDCCHREG: SSDESDL: REGINTDL: SSLENDL: LCOMPDL:
QDESDL: QCOMPDL: QLENDL: BSPWRMIN: SSDESDLAFR:
QDESDLAFR:
SSDESDLAHR:
QDESDLAHR:
SSDESDLAWB:
QDESDLAWB:
SCTYPE: OL .
SDCCHREG: SSDESDL: REGINTDL: SSLENDL: LCOMPDL:
QDESDL: QCOMPDL: QLENDL: BSPWRMIN: SSDESDLAFR:
QDESDLAFR:
SSDESDLAHR:
QDESDLAHR:
SSDESDLAWB:
QDESDLAWB:
DTX Cell Data
DTXD: DTXU:
364 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
CDD Forms
Intra Cell Handover Cell Data
SCTYPE: UL
IHO: TMAXIHO: TIHO: MAXIHO: QOFFSETUL:
QOFFSETDL:
SSOFFSETUL:
SSOFFSETDL:
QOFFSETULAFR:
QOFFSETDLAFR:
SSOFFSETULAFR:
SSOFFSETDLAFR:
QOFFSETULAWB:
QOFFSETDLAWB:
SSOFFSETULAWB:
SSOFFSETDLAWB:
SCTYPE: OL
IHO: TMAXIHO: TIHO: MAXIHO: QOFFSETUL:
QOFFSETDL:
SSOFFSETUL:
SSOFFSETDL:
QOFFSETULAFR:
QOFFSETDLAFR:
SSOFFSETULAFR:
SSOFFSETDLAFR:
QOFFSETULAWB:
QOFFSETDLAWB:
SSOFFSETULAWB:
SSOFFSETDLAWB:
Assignment to Other Cell - Cell Data
AW:
Overlaid Subcell Locating Data
LOL: LOLHYST: DTCB: DTCBHYST: NDIST:
NNCELLS: TAOL: TAOLHYST:
Subcell Load Distribution Data
SCLD: SCLDLOL: SCLDLUL:
SCLDSC:
Advanced Handling of Fast Moving Mobiles (HCS Data):
THO: NHO: FASTMSREG:
365320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HCS BSC Data
HSCBAND: HCSBANDTHR: LAYER:
HCS Cell Data
LAYER: LAYERTHR: LAYERHYST:
PSSTEMP: PTIMTEMP:
Extended Range Cell Data
XRANGE:
Double BA Lists Cell Data (Measurement Frequencies)
LISTTYPE: ACTIVE
MBCCHNO:
LISTTYPE: IDLE
MBCCHNO:
Idle Channel Measurements Cell Data
ICMSTATE:
INTAVE: LIMIT1: LIMIT2: LIMIT3: LIMIT4:
Cell Load Sharing BSC Data
LSSTATE:
Cell Load Sharing Cell Data
CLSSTATE:
CLSACC: CLSLEVEL: CLSRAMP: HOCLSACC: RHYST:
Multi Band Operation BSC Data
MODE: GSYSTYPE:
366 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
CDD Forms
Multi Band Operation Cell Data
CSYSTYPE: MBCR:
Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption Service (eMLPP) CellData
PRIOLEV: QASSTIME: RESLIMIT: QLENGTH:
Differential Channel Allocation BSC Data
DCASTATE: EMERGPRL: STATSINT:
Differential Channel Allocation Priority Profile Data
PRL: INAC:
PROBF:
Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
CHGR: ACSTATE: SLEVEL: STIME:
GSM-UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover Cell Data
UMFI: FDDQMIN: FDDQOFF: SPRIO: QSI:
FDDQMINOFF
FDDRSCPMIN
AMR BSC Data
SET: MODE: THR: HYST:
GPRS Link Adaptation
LA: CHCSDL:
GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service Cell Data
BPDCHBR: GPDCHBR: EPDCHBR: STREAMSUP:
367320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Interference Rejection Combining Cell Data
IRC:
Multi Band Cell Cell Data
CSYSTYPE: FBOFFS:
Multi Band Cell Channel Group Data
BAND:
Antenna Hopping Hardware Characteristic Data
AHOP:
Synchronized Radio Networks Cell Data
FNOFFSET:
Synchronized Radio Networks Channel Group Data
HOP: HSN: MAIO: TSC:
Synchronized Radio Networks Hardware Characteristic Data
FSOFFSET:
Dynamic FR/HR Mode Adaptation
DMQB: DMQG: DMQBAMR: DMQBNAMR:
DMQGAMR:
DMQGNAMR:
DMTHAMR: DMTHNAMR: DTHAMR: DTHNAMR:
Neighbor Cell Relation Data
Full list of neighbours:
368 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
CDD Forms
CELLR: CTYPE: INT RELATION:
CS: CAND: AWOFFSET: BQOFFSET: BQOFFSETAFR:
BQOFFSETAWB:
If EVALTYPE=1:
KHYST: KOFFSET: LHYST:
LOFFSET: TRHYST: TROFFSET:
If EVALTYPE=3:
HIHYST: LOHYST: HYSTSEP: OFFSET:
CELLR: CTYPE: EXT RELATION:SINGLE
If EVALTYPE=1:
KHYST: KOFFSET: LHYST: LOFFSET:
TRHYST: TROFFSET:
If EVALTYPE=3:
HIHYST: LOHYST: HYSTSEP: OFFSET:
CGI: BSIC: BCCHNO: LAYER: LAYERTHR:
LAYERHYST:
PSSTEMP: PTIMTEMP: AW: MISSNM:
EXTPEN: BSPWR: BSTXPWR: BSRXMIN: BSRXSUFF:
SCHO: MSTXPWR: MSRXMIN: MSRXSUFF:
Allocation Data for Transceiver Group, Model G12
CHGR:
TG: COMB: TFMODE: SYNCSRC: FHOP:
ANT: ANTA: ANTB: BAND:
TRX data, MODEL G12
TRXC: TEI: RXD: MPWR:
369320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
370 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
6 Index
6.1 Index to Parameters
A
A53PRIO: Page 123
ABIS64KTHR: Page 295
ABISALLOC: Page 294
ACC: Page 56
ACCMIN: Page 51
ACSTATE: Page 225
AFLP: Page 337
AGBLK: Page 22
AHOP: Page 278
AHPRL: Page 290
AHRVAMOS: Page 343
AIRCT: Page 337
ALLOCPREF: Page 292
ALPHA: Page 150
AMRFRSUPPORT: Page 250
AMRHRSUPPORT: Page 251
AMRPCSTATE: Page 144, Page 152
AMRSPEECHVERUSE: Page 117
AMRWBDHA: Page 328
AMRWBDYMAPRIO: Page 326
AMRWBFB: Page 326
AMRWBPRIO: Page 327
AMRWBSPVERUSE: Page 327
AMRWBSUPPORT: Page 327
ANT: Page 355
ANTA: Page 356
ANTB: Page 356
AQMMAXIPSIZE: Page 274
371320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
AQMMINBUFF: Page 274
AQMMINIPSIZE: Page 275
AQMRTTCONST: Page 275
AQMSUPPORT: Page 276
AQPSKONBCCH: Page 345
ASSOC: Page 175
ASSV: Page 345
ATHABIS: Page 285
ATHABISPR: Page 285
ATT: Page 60
AW: Page 43, Page 176
AWBVAMOS: Page 343
AWOFFSET: Page 42, Page 177
B
BADQDL: Page 87
BADQUL: Page 87
BAND: Page 206, Page 270
BAOCI: Page 221
BCCD: Page 35, Page 163
BCCHDTCB: Page 184
BCCHDTCBHYST: Page 184
BCCHLOSS: Page 183
BCCHLOSSHYST: Page 183
BCCHNO: Page 19, Page 42
BCCHREUSE: Page 183
BCCHTYPE: Page 21
BOICI: Page 221
BOIEXHI: Page 221
BPDCHBR: Page 266
BQOFFSET: Page 41, Page 90
BQOFFSETAFR: Page 41, Page 91
BQOFFSETAWB: Page 91, Page 42
BSCAFLP: Page 335
372 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
BSCAIRCT: Page 335
BSCFFAD: Page 303
BSCFFTAD: Page 304
BSCFSOFFSETLSW: Page 279
BSCFSOFFSETMSW: Page 278
BSCMC: Page 118
BSIC: Page 18, Page 42
BSPWR: Page 43, Page 80
BSPWRB: Page 13
BSPWRMIN: Page 159
BSPWRT: Page 28
BSRPWROFFSETN: Page 153
BSRPWROFFSETP: Page 154
BSRXMIN: Page 43, Page 81
BSRXSUFF: Page 43, Page 82
BSTXPWR: Page 43, Page 82
BTDM: Page 49
BTSPS: Page 323
BTSPSHYST: Page 324
C
CAND: Page 42, Page 176
CAPLSCHMOVAL: Page 209
CAPLSCHMTOVERR: Page 211
CAPLSCHMTPREF: Page 212
CAPLSCHMTVAL: Page 210
CAPLTCHEMER: Page 208
CAPLTCHMOVAL: Page 209
CAPLTCHMTOVERR: Page 210
CAPLTCHMTPREF: Page 211
CAPLTCHMTVAL: Page 209
CAPLTCHSCH: Page 207
CB: Page 55
CBCH: Page 38
373320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CBCHD: Page 109
CBQ: Page 56
CCCH: Page 64
CCCHCMD: Page 65
CCHPWR: Page 52
CELL: Page 16, Page 235
CELLQ: Page 98
CELLR: Page 39, Page 241
CGI: Page 17, Page 42
CHAP: Page 119
CHCODING: Page 124
CHCSDL: Page 258
CHGR: Page 31, Page 227, Page 353
CHMAX: Page 299
CHRATE: Page 216
CHTYPE: Page 215
CLMRKMSG: Page 202
CLSACC: Page 200
CLSLEVEL: Page 200
CLSRAMP: Page 201
CLSSTATE: Page 200
CLSTIMEINTERVAL: Page 199
CLUSTERID: Page 359
CMDR: Page 119
COEXUMTS: Page 228
COEXUMTSINT: Page 229
COEXUMTSLSH: Page 229
CODECREST: Page 330
COMB: Page 167
CONFMD: Page 167
CONFMODE: Page 336
COVERAGEE: Page 249
COVERAGEU: Page 249
CRC32: Page 304
374 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
CRH: Page 53
CRO: Page 61
CRT: Page 114
CS: Page 41
CSPSALLOC: Page 122, Page 131
CSPSPRIO: Page 122, Page 132
CSYSTYPE: Page 204
CTYPE: Page 40
D
DAMRCR: Page 295
DAMRCRABIS: Page 296
DAMRCRABISPR: Page 296
DAMRREDABISTHR: Page 295
DBPSTATE: Page 152
DCAHANDOVER: Page 213
DCASTATE: Page 214
DCDLACT: Page 136
DCHNO: Page 34
DFRMAABISTHR: Page 289
DHA: Page 284
DHASS: Page 285
DHASSTHRASS: Page 286
DHASSTHRHO: Page 286
DHPR: Page 286
DHPRL: Page 287
DHRAABISTHR: Page 289
DHRAABISTHRWB: Page 291
DHRMAABISTHR: Page 290
DIVERSITY: Page 231
DL: Page 13
DLDELAY: Page 271
DLPCE: Page 155
DLPCE2A: Page 155
375320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
DLPCG: Page 155
DMPR: Page 287
DMPRL: Page 287
DMPSTATE: Page 143
DMQB: Page 280
DMQBAMR: Page 280
DMQBNAMR: Page 281
DMQG: Page 281
DMQGAMR: Page 282
DMQGNAMR: Page 282
DMSUPP: Page 284
DMTFAMR: Page 288
DMTNAMR: Page 288
DMTHAMR: Page 282
DMTHNAMR: Page 283
DSCP: Page 332
DSCP1: Page 333
DSCPDL: Page 305
DSCPUL: Page 305
DTCB: Page 180
DTCBHYST: Page 181
DTCBSC: Page 177
DTHAMR: Page 283
DTHAMRWB: Page 289
DTHNAMR: Page 284
DTXD: Page 161
DTXFUL: Page 141
DTXU: Page 162
DYNVGCH: Page 299
E
E2AFACTOR: Page 137
E2AINITMCS: Page 341
E2ALQC: Page 341
376 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
E2APDCHBR: Page 342
EACPREF: Page 135
EARFCN: Page 241
EBANDINCLUDED: Page 115
ECSC: Page 26
EFACTOR: Page 136
EGPRSIRUL: Page 257
EINITMCS: Page 341
EITADMCTRL: Page 266
EITEMAXUSEDL: Page 265
EITEMAXUSEUL: Page 264
EITEXCLUDED: Page 135
EITGMAXUSEDL: Page 265
EITGMAXUSEUL: Page 264
EITHIGHCS: Page 257
EITQOSPRIO: Page 265
EITSCHEDFREQH: Page 260
EITSCHEDFREQL: Page 260
EMERGPRL: Page 214
EMLPP: Page 220
EPDCHBR: Page 267
ESDELAY: Page 272
ETCHTN: Page 140
EVALTYPE: Page 72
EXMASTERRES: Page 360
EXTPEN: Page 42, Page 92
F
FASTASSIGN: Page 71
FASTMSREG: Page 191
FASTRET3G: Page 248
FASTRET3GNC2: Page 230
FASTRETLTE: Page 249
FBCHALLOC: Page 269
377320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
FBOFFS: Page 270
FBVGCHALLOC: Page 298
FDDARFCN: Page 236, Page 242
FDDMRR: Page 238
FDDQMIN: Page 231
FDDQMINOFF: Page 234
FDDQOFF: Page 232
FDDREPTHR2: Page 240
FDDRSCPMIN: Page 234
FHOP: Page 166
FLEXHIGHGPRS: Page 296
FNOFFSET: Page 25, Page 279
FORCE: Page 321
FPDCH: Page 131
FSOFFSET: Page 280
G
GAMMA: Page 150
GBCAPALARMACT: Page 331
GBCAPWARNTHR: Page 331
GPDCHBR: Page 267
GPRS: Page 130
GPRS5TSDLACT: Page 128
GPRSEDAACT: Page 124
GPRSNEUTRALACT: Page 128
GPRSNWMODE: Page 125
GPRSPRIO: Page 135
GPRSVALID: Page 111
GSYSTYPE: Page 203
GTDM:Page 49
H
HALFRATESUPP: Page 118
HCSBAND: Page 187
378 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
HCSBANDHYST: Page 186
HCSBANDTHR: Page 188
HCSCHAVAILTIMER: Page 185
HCSIN: Page 191
HCSOUT: Page 192
HCSTRAFDISSTATE: Page 185
HIGHFERDLAWB: Page 328
HIGHFERULAWB: Page 328
HIHYST: Page 42, Page 85
HNDBEFOREBANSWM: Page 70
HNDRELCHINTRAM: Page 66
HNDSDCCHINTI: Page 70
HNDSDCCHINTOM: Page 69
HNDSDCCHM: Page 66
HNDSDCCHTCHM: Page 67
HNDTGSOPINTRA: Page 68
HOCLSACC: Page 201
HOMTD: Page 335
HOP: Page 32, Page 162, Page 279
HPBSTATE: Page 107
HPRIO: Page 242
HPRIOTHR: Page 242
HRVAMOS: Page 343
HSN: Page 33, Page 163, Page 279
HYST: Page 253
HYSTSEP: Page 42, Page 86
I
IAN: Page 277
IBHOASS: Page 175
IBHOSICH: Page 97
ICMODE: Page 329
ICMSTATE: Page 196
IHO: Page 169
379320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
IHOSICH: Page 97
IMBVAMOS: Page 349
IMSIPAT: Page 338
INAC: Page 217
INITDLPCE: Page 156
INITDLPCE2A: Page 156
INITDLPCG: Page 156
INTAVE: Page 197
IPDEV2NO: Page 306
IPDEVNO: Page 306, Page 333
IPDEVTYPE: Page 306Page 333
IPM: Page 350
IPOV: Page 315
IRC: Page 268
ISHOLEV: Page 238
J
JBPTA: Page 314
JBS: Page 332
JBSDL: Page 310
JBSUL: Page 307
K
KHYST: Page 83, Page 42
KOFFSET: Page 84, Page 42
L
LA: Page 257
LATAUSED: Page 47
LAYER: Page 43, Page 188
LAYERHYST: Page 43, Page 190
LAYERTHR: Page 43, Page 189
LBG: Page 312
LCOMPDL: Page 158
380 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
LCOMPUL: Page 147
LDEL: Page 316
LHYST: Page 83, Page 42
LIMIT1: Page 198
LIMIT2: Page 198
LIMIT3: Page 198
LIMIT4: Page 198
LISTTYPE: Page 195
LOADOPT: Page 277
LOFFSET: Page 42, Page 85
LOHYST: Page 42, Page 86
LOL: Page 180
LOLHYST: Page 180
LOPTETHR: Page 273
LOPTGTHR: Page 273
LOWSSDL: Page 88
LOWSSUL: Page 88
LPRIOTHR: Page 243
LQCACT: Page 253
LQCDEFAULTMCSDL: Page 254
LQCDEFAULTMCSUL: Page 255
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A: Page 339
LQCDEFMCSULE2A: Page 340
LQCHIGHMCS: Page 255
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A: Page 340
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A: Page 340
LQCMODEDL: Page 256
LQCMODEUL: Page 254
LQCUNACK: Page 256
LSSTATE: Page 199
M
MAIO: Page 165, Page 279
MAXCELLSINLAYER: Page 185
381320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
MAXCHDATARATE: Page 116
MAXDBDEVINLAYER: Page 186
MAXIHO: Page 170
MAXISHO: Page 240
MAXLAPDM: Page 292
MAXPWR: Page 350
MAXRET: Page 57
MAXSBLK: Page 108
MAXSMSG: Page 108
MAXTA: Page 99, Page 193
MAXTGCL: Page 336
MAXTRX: Page 351
MBCCHNO: Page 194
MBCR: Page 204
MBCRAC: Page 268
MBT: Page 334
MBWDL: Page 307
MBWUL: Page 307
MC: Page 121
MCIMALG: Page 336
MCLTDL: Page 312
MCLTUL: Page 313
MCTRI: Page 352
MEASTHR: Page 244
MFDDARFCN: Page 231
MFRMS: Page 24
MINCHBW: Page 244
MINPOLL: Page 274
MINPOLLEIT: Page 273
MINREQTCH: Page 325
MISSNM: Page 42, Page 79
MNCDIGITHAND: Page 27
MODE: Page 308, Page 203, Page 252
MP: Page 321
382 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
MPLSDL: Page 313
MPLSUL: Page 313
MPS: Page 334
MPWR: Page 358
MRNIC: Page 195
MRSL: Page 237
MSCRCODE: Page 231
MSEITRESPTIME: Page 259
MSGDIST: Page 54
MSQHOPRIO: Page 220
MSQUEUING: Page 219
MSRACREQCCCH: Page 129
MSRACREQPCCCH: Page 130
MSRPWROFFSETN: Page 144
MSRPWROFFSETP: Page 145
MSRXMIN: Page 43, Page 81
MSRXSUFF: Page 43, Page 81
MSTXPWR: Page 28, Page 43
N
NACCACT: Page 109
NCCPERM (Cell): Page 53
NCCPERM (BSC): Page 338
NCPROF: Page 111
NCRPT: Page 111
NDIST: Page 181
NECI: Page 121
NEWNAME: Page 17, Page 235
NHO: Page 187
NOALLOC: Page 197
NOOFPHYSINFOMSG: Page 71
NOTIFP: Page 298
NUMDEV: Page 320, Page 318
NUMREQBPC: Page 33
383320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC: Page 138
NUMREQE2ABPC: Page 139
NUMREQEGPRSBPC: Page 139
O
ODPDCHLIMIT: Page 140
OFFSET: Page 42, Page 87
ONDEMANDGPHDEV: Page 126
ONDEMANDGPHDG2: Page 126
OPTMSCLASS: Page 293
OPTMSCLASSADD: Page 293
OPTMSCLASSREM: Page 293
OVLTH: Page 308
P
PACKALG: Page 316, Page 310
PAGBUNDLE: Page 65
PAGLATA: Page 47
PAGNUMBERLA: Page 44
PAGPRIO: Page 297
PAGREP1LA: Page 43
PAGREPCT1LA: Page 48
PAGREPGLOB: Page 44
PAGTIMEFRST1LA: Page 45
PAGTIMEFRSTGLOB: Page 45
PAGTIMEREP1LA: Page 46
PAGTIMEREPGLOB: Page 46
PAGTIMEREPLATA: Page 49
PAO: Page 351
PCI: Page 222
PCID: Page 244
PCIDG: Page 245
PCIDP: Page 245
PCIDPS: Page 246
384 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
PCMLAW: Page 300, Page 331
PCUEIT: Page 259
PCUQOS: Page 258
PDCHPREEMPT: Page 132
PHCSTHR: Page 110
PHSTATE: Page 218
PILTIMER: Page 125
PILTIMERFLEX: Page 294
PLAYER: Page 110
PP: Page 216
PRACHBLK: Page 107
PRIMPLIM: Page 133
PRIOLEV: Page 223
PRIORITY: Page 223
PRIOTHR: Page 246
PRL: Page 217
PROBF: Page 218
PROFFSET: Page 112
PSCELLPLAN: Page 109
PSCVL: Page 115
PSETCHKPERIOD: Page 127
PSKONBCCH: Page 133, Page 342
PSSBQ: Page 89
PSSHF: Page 96
PSSTA: Page 89
PSSTEMP: Page 43, Page 190
PSTU: Page 309
PSUPS: Page 325
PSVTYPE: Page 324
PT: Page 64
PTA: Page 319, Page 314
PTIMBQ: Page 90
PTIMHF: Page 96
PTIMTA: Page 90
385320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
PTIMTEMP: Page 43, Page 190
PULSCHEDINT: Page 275
PVI: Page 222
Q
QAI: Page 223
QASSTIME: Page 224
QBAHRV: Page 346
QBAWBV: Page 347
QBNAV: Page 347
QCOMPDL: Page 159
QCOMPUL: Page 148
QDESDL: Page 158
QDESDLAFR: Page 158
QDESDLAHR: Page 160
QDESDLAWB: Page 160
QDESDLOV: Page 347
QDESUL: Page 148
QDESULAFR: Page 148
QDESULAHR: Page 149
QDESULAWB: Page 149
QDESULOV: Page 348
QEVALSD: Page 76
QEVALSI: Page 77
QLENDL: Page 152
QLENGTH: Page 224
QLENSD: Page 77
QLENSI: Page 78
QLENUL: Page 142
QLIMDL: Page 93
QLIMDLAFR: Page 94
QLIMDLAWB: Page 95
QLIMUL: Page 94
QLIMULAFR: Page 95
386 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
QLIMULAWB: Page 95
QOFFSETDL: Page 172
QOFFSETDLAFR: Page 172
QOFFSETDLAWB: Page 174
QOFFSETUL: Page 171
QOFFSETULAFR: Page 171
QOFFSETULAWB: Page 174
QOSCONVPRIO: Page 262
QOSMAPPING: Page 262
QOSSTREAMPRIO: Page 263
QOSTHP1: Page 261
QOSTHP2: Page 261
QRXLEVMINE: Page 246
QRXLEVMINU: Page 247
QSC: Page 238
QSCI: Page 239
QSI: Page 233
R
RAC: Page 113
RATPRIO: Page 247
REEST: Page 302
REGINTDL: Page 151
REGINTUL: Page 142
RELATION: Page 41
REPFACCH: Page 302
REPPERNCH: Page 298
RESLIMIT: Page 224
RHYST: Page 201
RIMNACC: Page 113
RLINKT: Page 101
RLINKTAFR: Page 102
RLINKTAHR: Page 103
RLINKTAWB: Page 106
387320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLINKUP: Page 100
RLINKUPAFR: Page 104
RLINKUPAHR: Page 105
RLINKUPAWB: Page 106
RP: Page 321
RSITE: Page 11
RTTI: Page 277
RTTIINITMCS: Page 341
RXD: Page 358
S
SACCHDLTHR: Page 303
SACCHULTHR: Page 303
SAS: Page 123
SBHOACTIVE: Page 229
SC: Page 320, Page 309
SCALLOC:Page 134
SCGR: Page 320, Page 309
SCHO: Page 43, Page 97
SCLD: Page 178
SCLDLOL: Page 179
SCLDSC: Page 179
SCLDLUL: Page 178
SCRCODE: Page 236
SCTYPE: Page 26
SDAMRREDABISTHR: Page 317, Page 310
SDCCH: Page 36
SDFRMAABISTHR: Page 317, Page 311
SDHRAABISTHR: Page 318, Page 311
SDHRAABISTHRWB: Page 291
SDHRMAABISTHR: Page 314, Page 319
SET (AMR): Page 251
SET (IMSI HO): Page 339
SIMSG: Page 54
388 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
SLEVEL: Page 225
SMOASSIGN: Page 212
SMTASSIGN: Page 213
SPDCH: Page 134
SPEECHVERUSED: Page 117
SPRIO: Page 232
SSDESDL: Page 157
SSDESDLAFR: Page 157
SSDESDLAHR: Page 159
SSDESDLAWB: Page 160
SSDESUL: Page 146
SSDESULAFR: Page 147
SSDESULAHR: Page 148
SSDESULAWB: Page 149
SSEVALSD: Page 75
SSEVALSI: Page 76
SSLENDL: Page 151
SSLENSD: Page 77
SSLENSI: Page 78
SSLENUL: Page 143
SSOFFSETDL: Page 173
SSOFFSETDLAFR: Page 173
SSOFFSETDLAWB: Page 174
SSOFFSETUL: Page 172
SSOFFSETULAFR: Page 173
SSOFFSETULAWB: Page 174
SSRAMPSD: Page 78
SSRAMPSI: Page 79
SSTHRASSV: Page 346
SSTHRV: Page 346
STATE: Page 32
STATSINT: Page 215
STIME: Page 226
STREAMSUP: Page 267
389320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SYNCSRC: Page 279, Page 355
T
T3212: Page 61
TAAVELEN: Page 74
TALIM: Page 88, Page 193
TALLOC: Page 73
TAOL: Page 182
TAOLHYST: Page 182
TBFDLLIM: Page 137
TBFDLLIMIT: Page 126
TBFMODEACT: Page 128
TBFULLIM: Page 138
TBFULLIMIT: Page 127
TCHOPTIMIZATION: Page 129
TDD: Page 50
TEI: Page 357
TEITPENDING: Page 259
TFILIMIT: Page 272
TFMODE: Page 354
TFOCONFIGTRA: Page 300
TFOPRIO: Page 301
TFOSTATUS: Page 301
TG: Page 353
THO: Page 186
THPMBRFACTOR: Page 261
THR: Page 252
TIHO: Page 170
TIME: Page 337
TIMER3105: Page 72
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM: Page 67
TINIT: Page 73
TMAXIHO: Page 169
TMODE: Page 318, Page 312
390 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
TN: Page 37
TN7BCCH: Page 139
TNBCCH: Page 64
TO: Page 63
TRAFBLK: Page 108
TRES: Page 248
TRHYST: Page 42, Page 84
TROFFSET: Page 42, Page 85
TRXC: Page 356
TRXOFFDELAY: Page 323
TRXOFFTARGET: Page 322
TRXONTARGET: Page 322
TSC: Page 38
TSCSET1PAIRS: Page 348
TSPS: Page 323
TSTREAMPENDING: Page 263
TSTREAMSTART: Page 263
TURGEN: Page 74
TX: Page 58
TXMPWR: Page 351
U
UL: Page 13
ULDELAY: Page 271
UMFI: Page 230
USFLIMIT: Page 272
UTRANID: Page 236
V
VAMOSBSCSTATE: Page 344
VAMOSCELLSTATE: Page 349
VCSCC: Page 344
VGCHALLOC: Page 299
VGENCR: Page 300
391320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
VGPRIO: Page 297
X
XRANGE: Page 192
6.2 Index to Commands
M
MGADI: Page 50
MGEPC: Page 44, Page 45, Page 46, Page 46, Page 47, Page 47, Page49, Page 207, Page 208, Page 209, Page 209, Page 210, Page210, Page 211, Page 211, Page 212, Page 212, Page 213,Page 213
MGEPP: Page 44, Page 45, Page 46, Page 46, Page 47, Page 47, Page49, Page 207, Page 208, Page 209, Page 209, Page 210, Page210, Page 211, Page 211, Page 212, Page 212, Page 213,Page 213
MGETC: Page 220, Page 221, Page 221, Page 222, Page 222, Page222, Page 223, Page 223
MGIDI: Page 49, Page 50
MGIDP: Page 49, Page 50
MGTEI: Page 114, Page 115
MGTEP: Page 114, Page 115
R
392 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RAEPC: Page 27, Page 71, Page 71, Page 72, Page 87, Page 88, Page88, Page 88, Page 109, Page 110, Page 116, Page 116, Page117, Page 117, Page 124, Page 125,Page 125, Page 126, Page126, Page 127, Page 127, Page 150, Page 178, Page 199, Page202, Page 214, Page 219, Page 219, Page 220, Page 228, Page229, Page 250, Page 251, Page 253, Page 254, Page 254, Page255, Page 255, Page 256, Page 257, Page 259, Page 259, Page259, Page 260, Page 260, Page 260, Page 261, Page 261, Page262, Page 262, Page 262, Page 263, Page 263, Page 264, Page268, Page 269, Page 271, Page 271, Page 272, Page 272, Page272, Page 279, Page 279, Page 294, Page 124, Page 229, Page229, Page 273, Page 273, Page 185, Page 185, Page 185, Page186, Page 300, Page 301, Page 301, Page 264, Page 264, Page265, Page 265, Page 274, Page 274, Page 265, Page 274, Page274, Page 275, Page 275, Page 275, Page 128, Page 128, Page129, Page 129, Page 360, Page 276, Page 276, Page 257, Page266, Page 277, Page 302, Page 130, Page 302, Page 302, Page326, Page 326, Page 327, Page 327, Page 327, Page 328, Page328, Page 126, Page 331, Page 331, Page 230, Page 332, Page335, Page 339, Page 340, Page 340, Page 340
RAEPP: Page 27, Page 71, Page 71, Page 72, Page 87, Page 88, Page88, Page 88, Page 109, Page 110, Page 116, Page 116, Page117, Page 117, Page 124, Page 125, Page 125, Page 126, Page126, Page 127, Page 127, Page 150, Page 178, Page 199, Page202, Page 214, Page 219, Page 219, Page 220, Page 228, Page229, Page 250, Page 251, Page 253, Page 254, Page 254, Page255, Page 255, Page 256, Page 257, Page 259, Page 259, Page259, Page 260, Page 260, Page 260, Page 261, Page 261, Page262, Page 262, Page 262, Page 263, Page 263, Page 264, Page268, Page 269, Page 271, Page 271, Page 272, Page 272, Page272, Page 279, Page 279, Page 294, Page 124, Page 229, Page229, Page 273, Page 273, Page 185, Page 185, Page 185, Page186, Page 300, Page 301, Page 301, Page 264, Page 264, Page265, Page 265, Page 274, Page 274, Page 265, Page 274, Page274, Page 275, Page 275, Page 275, Page 128, Page 128, Page129, Page 129, Page 360, Page 276, Page 276, Page 257, Page266, Page 277, Page 302, Page 130, Page 302, Page 302, Page326, Page 326, Page 327, Page 327, Page 327, Page 328, Page328, Page 126, Page 331, Page 331, Page 332, Page 335, Page339, Page 340, Page 340, Page 340
RFADE: Page 304
RFADI: Page 304
RFADP: Page 304, Page 304
RFCAC: Page 345
RFCAP: Page 345
RFEAC: Page 303, Page 303
393320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RFEAI: Page 303, Page 303
RFEAP: Page 303, Page 303
RFEHE: Page 302, Page 313
RFEHI: Page 302, Page 313
RFEHP: Page 302, Page 302
RFFBC: Page 336, Page 336, Page 336, Page 337
RFFBE: Page 335, Page 335
RFFBI: Page 335, Page 335
RFFBP: Page 335, Page 335, Page 336, Page 336, Page 336, Page 337
RFIMC: Page 338, Page 339, Page 339
RFIME: Page 338
RFIMI: Page 338
RFIMP: Page 338, Page 339, Page 339
RFPCC: Page 156, Page 156, Page 156
RFPCE: Page 155, Page 155, Page 155
RFPCI: Page 155, Page 155, Page 155
RFPCP: Page 155, Page 155, Page 155, Page 156, Page 156, Page 156
RFTDE: Page 304
RFTDI: Page 304
RFVBC: Page 343, Page 343, Page 344
RFVBE: Page 344
RFVBI: Page 344
RFVBP: Page 343, Page 343, Page 344, Page 344
RFVCC: Page 345, Page 345, Page 346, Page 347, Page 347, Page 347,Page 348, Page 348, Page 348, Page 346
RFVCE: Page 349
RFVCI: Page 349
RFVCP: Page 345, Page 345, Page 346, Page 347, Page 347, Page 347,Page 348, Page 348, Page 348, Page 349, Page 346
RLACC: Page 226, Page 226, Page 227
RLACE: Page 225
RLACI: Page 225
RLACP: Page 225, Page 226, Page 226, Page 227
RLADC: Page 251, Page 252, Page 253, Page 253
394 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLADP: Page 251, Page 252, Page 253, Page 253
RLAPC: Page 147, Page 148, Page 157, Page 159, Page 149, Page 149,Page 160, Page 160, Page 161, Page 160, Page 150, Page 149
RLAPE: Page 144, Page 153
RLAPI: Page 144, Page 153
RLAPP: Page 144, Page 147, Page 148, Page 153, Page 157, Page 159,Page 149, Page 149, Page 160, Page 160, Page 161, Page160, Page 150, Page 149
RLBAC: Page 151, Page 152, Page 152
RLBAP Page 151, Page 152
RLBCC: Page 157, Page 158, Page 158, Page 159, Page 159
RLBCE: Page 152
RLBCI: Page 152
RLBCP: Page 152, Page 157, Page 158, Page 158, Page 159, Page 159
RLBDC: Page 33, Page 139, Page 139, Page 140, Page 136, Page 65,Page 140, Page 139
RLBDP: Page 33, Page 139, Page 139, Page 140, Page 136, Page 65,Page 139
RLBQC: Page 224, Page 224
RLBQP: Page 224, Page 224
RLBRC: Page 153, Page 154
RLBRE: Page 153, Page 154
RLBRI: Page 153, Page 154
RLBRP: Page 153, Page 154
RLCCC: Page 31, Page 36, Page 38, Page 38
RLCDC: Page 118, Page 121
RLCDP: Page 118, Page 121
RLCFE: Page 34
RLCFI: Page 34
RLCFP: Page 31, Page 32, Page 33, Page 34, Page 36, Page 38, Page38, Page 163, Page 163, Page 165
RLCHC: Page 32, Page 33, Page 35, Page 163, Page 163, Page 164,Page 165
RLCHP: Page 35, Page 164
RLCLC: Page 135, Page 132, Page 122, Page 123, Page 132, Page330, Page 123
395320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLCLP: Page 135, Page 132, Page 122, Page 123, Page 132, Page330, Page 123
RLCPC: Page 13, Page 28, Page 28
RLCPP: Page 13, Page 28, Page 28
RLCSC: Page 286, Page 286, Page 286
RLCSP: Page 286, Page 286, Page 286
RLCXC: Page 161
RLCXP: Page 161
RLDAC: Page 285, Page 296, Page 285, Page 297
RLDAP: Page 285Page 296, Page 285, Page 297
RLDCE: Page 214
RLDCI: Page 214, Page 214
RLDCP: Page 214, Page 214
RLDEC: Page 17, Page 17, Page 18, Page 20, Page 21, Page 22, Page24, Page 26, Page 192, Page 236, Page 236, Page 236, Page237, Page 237, Page 268, Page 113, Page 113
RLDEI: Page 16, Page 40, Page 204, Page 235
RLDEP: Page 17, Page 18, Page 20, Page 21, Page 22, Page 24, Page26, Page 40, Page 192, Page 204, Page 236, Page 236, Page237, Page 237, Page 268, Page 113, Page 113
RLDGI: Page 31, Page 270
RLDGP: Page 270
RLDHC: Page 284, Page 284, Page 283, Page 287, Page 287
RLDHP: Page 284, Page 284, Page 283, Page 287, Page 287
RLDMC: Page 280, Page 281, Page 281, Page 281, Page 282, Page 282,Page 283, Page 283, Page 287, Page 288, Page 288, Page 288
RLDME: Page 284
RLDMI: Page 284Page 287
RLDMP: Page 280, Page 281, Page 281, Page 281, Page 282, Page 282,Page 283, Page 283, Page 287, Page 288, Page 288, Page 288
RLDRC: Page 119
RLDRP: Page 119
RLDSI: Page 27
RLDTC: Page 39
RLDTP: Page 39
RLDUC: Page 292, Page 292, Page 293, Page 294
396 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLDUP: Page 292, Page 292, Page 293
RLEFC: Page 241
RLEFP: Page 241
RLFCC: Page 337, Page 338
RLFCP: Page 337, Page 338
RLGAC: Page 123, Page 140
RLGAP: Page 123, Page 140
RLGNC: Page 112, Page 112
RLGNP: Page 112, Page 112
RLGQC: Page 266, Page 267, Page 267, Page 267, Page 135, Page 342
RLGQP: Page 266, Page 267, Page 267, Page 267, Page 135, Page 342
RLGSC: Page 131, Page 132, Page 133, Page 134, Page 134, Page 134,Page 151, Page 258, Page 258, Page 296, Page 277, Page 277,Page 137, Page 341, Page 341, Page 341, Page 342, Page 342,Page 136, Page 137, Page 138
RLGSE: Page 130
RLGSI: Page 130
RLGSP: Page 130, Page 131, Page 132, Page 133, Page 134, Page 134,Page 134, Page 151, Page 258, Page 258, Page 296, Page 277,Page 277, Page 137, Page 341, Page 341, Page 341, Page 342,Page 342, Page 136, Page 137, Page 138
RLHBC: Page 186, Page 187, Page 188
RLHBP: Page 186, Page 187, Page 188
RLHPC: Page 119
RLHPP: Page 119
RLIHC: Page 169, Page 170, Page 170, Page 171, Page 171, Page 172,Page 172, Page 172, Page 172, Page 173, Page 173, Page 173,Page 174, Page 174, Page 174, Page 175
RLIHP: Page 169, Page 170, Page 170, Page 171, Page 171, Page 172,Page 172, Page 172, Page 172, Page 173, Page 173, Page 173,Page 174, Page 174, Page 174, Page 175
RLIMC: Page 197, Page 198
RLIME: Page 196
RLIMI: Page 196, Page 197
RLIMP: Page 196, Page 197, Page 197, Page 198
RLLBC: Page 72, Page 73, Page 73, Page 74, Page 75, Page 97, Page97, Page 175, Page 175, Page 186, Page 187
397320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLLBP: Page 72, Page 73, Page 73, Page 74, Page 75, Page 97, Page97, Page 175, Page 175, Page 186, Page 187
RLLCC: Page 200, Page 200, Page 201, Page 201, Page 201
RLLCE: Page 200
RLLCI: Page 200
RLLCP: Page 200, Page 200, Page 200, Page 201, Page 201, Page 201
RLLDC: Page 99, Page 100, Page 193, Page 104, Page 105, Page 106
RLLDP: Page 99, Page 100, Page 193, Page 104, Page 105, Page 106
RLLFC: Page 76, Page 76, Page 76, Page 77, Page 77, Page 78, Page78, Page 78, Page 79, Page 79
RLLFP: Page 76, Page 76, Page 76, Page 77, Page 77, Page 78, Page78, Page 78, Page 79, Page 79
RLLHC: Page 188, Page 189, Page 190, Page 190, Page 191, Page191, Page 191, Page 192
RLLHP: Page 40, Page 188, Page 189, Page 190, Page 190, Page 191,Page 191, Page 191, Page 192
RLLLC: Page 178, Page 178, Page 179, Page 179
RLLLP: Page 178, Page 178, Page 179, Page 179
RLLOC: Page 79, Page 81, Page 81, Page 81, Page 82, Page 82, Page83, Page 92, Page 98, Page 176, Page 238, Page 270, Page240, Page 183, Page 183, Page 184, Page 184, Page 184
RLLOP: Page 79, Page 81, Page 81, Page 81, Page 82, Page 82, Page83, Page 92, Page 98, Page 176, Page 238, Page 270, Page240, Page 183, Page 183, Page 184, Page 184, Page 184
RLLPC: Page 89, Page 90, Page 90, Page 90, Page 96, Page 96
RLLPP: Page 89, Page 90, Page 90, Page 90, Page 96, Page 96
RLLSE: Page 199
RLLSI: Page 199
RLLSP: Page 199
RLLUC: Page 89, Page 94, Page 94, Page 94, Page 95, Page 98, Page194, Page 95, Page 96
RLLUP: Page 89, Page 94, Page 94, Page 94, Page 95, Page 98, Page194, Page 95, Page 96
RLMAC: Page 142, Page 143, Page 141, Page 142, Page 152
RLMAP Page 142, Page 143, Page 141, Page 142
RLMFC: Page 194, Page 195, Page 196, Page 196
RLMFP: Page 194, Page 195, Page 196
398 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLMQC: Page 224, Page 225
RLMQP: Page 224, Page 225
RLMRC: Page 144, Page 145
RLMRE: Page 144, Page 145
RLMRI: Page 144, Page 145
RLMRP: Page 144, Page 145
RLNCP: Page 241
RLNPE: Page 111
RLNPI: Page 111
RLNPP: Page 111
RLNRC: Page 39, Page 41, Page 41, Page 83, Page 84, Page 84, Page84, Page 85, Page 85, Page 86, Page 86, Page 86, Page 87,Page 91, Page 91, Page 176, Page 177, Page 91
RLNRE: Page 39, Page 241
RLNRI: Page 39, Page 41, Page 241
RLNRP: Page 39, Page 41, Page 83, Page 84, Page 84, Page 84, Page85, Page 85, Page 86, Page 86, Page 86, Page 87, Page 91,Page 91, Page 176, Page 177, Page 241, Page 91
RLOLC: Page 180, Page 180, Page 181, Page 181, Page 181, Page182, Page 182, Page 182
RLOLP: Page 180, Page 180, Page 181, Page 181, Page 181, Page182, Page 182, Page 182
RLOMC: Page 203
RLOMP: Page 203
RLPBE: Page 107
RLPBI: Page 107
RLPBP: Page 107
RLPCC: Page 147, Page 147, Page 148, Page 148
RLPCE: Page 143
RLPCI: Page 143
RLPCP: Page 143, Page 147, Page 147, Page 148, Page 148
RLPDC: Page 107, Page 108, Page 108, Page 108, Page 109
RLPDP: Page 107, Page 108, Page 108, Page 108, Page 109
RLPPC: Page 217, Page 217, Page 218, Page 218
RLPPI: Page 217
RLPPP: Page 217, Page 217, Page 218, Page 218
399320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLPRC: Page 215, Page 216, Page 217
RLPRP: Page 215, Page 216
RLPSC: Page 110, Page 110
RLPSP: Page 110, Page 110
RLRLC: Page 249
RLRLE: Page 249
RLRLI: Page 249
RLRLP: Page 249
RLRWC: Page 249
RLRWE: Page 248
RLRWI: Page 248
RLRWP: Page 248
RLSBC: Page 26, Page 55, Page 56, Page 57, Page 58, Page 58, Page60, Page 61, Page 61, Page 63, Page 64
RLSBP: Page 26, Page 55, Page 56, Page 57, Page 58, Page 58, Page60, Page 61, Page 61, Page 63, Page 64
RLSCI: Page 215
RLSCP: Page 215
RLSEE: Page 245, Page 245
RLSEC: Page 245
RLSEI: Page 245, Page 245, Page 246
RLSEP: Page 245, Page 245, Page 245, Page 246
RLSMC: Page 54, Page 55
RLSMP: Page 54, Page 55
RLSRC: Page 242, Page 242, Page 243, Page 243, Page 244, Page 244,Page 246, Page 247, Page 247, Page 247, Page 248
RLSRP: Page 242, Page 242, Page 243, Page 243, Page 244, Page 244,Page 246, Page 247, Page 247, Page 247, Page 248
RLSSC: Page 51, Page 52, Page 53, Page 53, Page 101, Page 121,Page 162, Page 204, Page 103, Page 102, Page 106
RLSSP: Page 51, Page 52, Page 53, Page 53, Page 101, Page 121,Page 162, Page 204, Page 103, Page 102, Page 106
RLSTC: Page 32
RLSTP: Page 32
RLSUC: Page 231, Page 232, Page 232, Page 233, Page 238, Page 239,Page 239, Page 234, Page 234
400 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLSUP: Page 231, Page 232, Page 232, Page 233, Page 238, Page 239,Page 239, Page 234, Page 234
RLSVC: Page 324, Page 324
RLSVE: Page 324, Page 325
RLSVI: Page 324, Page 325
RLSVP: Page 324, Page 325
RLTYC: Page 204
RLTYI: Page 204
RLTYP: Page 204
RLUMC: Page 231
RLUMP: Page 231
RLVGC: Page 298, Page 297, Page 297, Page 298, Page 299, Page 298
RLVGP: Page 298, Page 297, Page 297, Page 298, Page 299, Page 298
RRAGC: Page 332, Page 332, Page 333, Page 334, Page 334
RRAGP: Page 332, Page 332, Page 333, Page 334, Page 334
RRAIE: Page 331
RRAII: Page 331
RRBGC: Page 313, Page 313, Page 313, Page 313
RRBGP: Page 313, Page 313, Page 313, Page 313
RRIPC: Page 306, Page 306, Page 306Page 333, Page 333
RRIPI: Page 306, Page 306, Page 306, Page 333, Page 333
RRIPP: Page 306, Page 306, Page 306, Page 333, Page 333
RRLLC: Page 13, Page 13
RRLLP: Page 13, Page 13
RRLRC: Page 321, Page 321
RRLRI: Page 321, Page 321
RRLRP: Page 321, Page 321
RRPGC: Page 322
RRPGI: Page 322
RRPGP: Page 322
RRPTC: Page 312, Page 305, Page 305Page 305
RRPTI: Page 305, Page 305, Page 305
RRPTP: Page 312, Page 305, Page 305Page 305
RRSCC: Page 320, Page 320, Page 320, Page 308, Page 309, Page 310,
401320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RRSCI: Page 320, Page 320, Page 320, Page 308Page 309, Page 310
RRSCP: Page 320, Page 320, Page 320, Page 308Page 309, Page 310
RRSGC: Page 307, Page 307, Page 308, Page 315, Page 316, Page 309
RRSGI: Page 307, Page 307, Page 308, Page 315, Page 316, Page 309
RRSGP: Page 307, Page 307, Page 308, Page 315, Page 316, Page 309
RXAPC: Page 318
RXAPI: Page 353, Page 318
RXAPP: Page 318
RXATC: Page 289, Page 290, Page 290, Page 290, Page 317, Page318, Page 311, Page 311, Page 295, Page 314, Page 319Page291, Page 291, Page 295
RXATP: Page 289, Page 290, Page 290, Page 290, Page 317, Page 318,Page 311, Page 311, Page 295, Page 314, Page 319, Page 295
RXBFC: Page 325, Page 350
RXBFP: Page 278, Page 325, Page 350
RXBLE: Page 353
RXBLI: Page 353
RXESI: Page 353
RXMOC: Page 11, Page 166, Page 167, Page 167, Page 207, Page 278,Page 280, Page 294, Page 353, Page 354, Page 355, Page 356,Page 356, Page 356, Page 357,Page 358, Page 358, Page 289,Page 290, Page 295, Page 359, Page 296, Page 316, Page 317,Page 317, Page 318, Page 318, Page 310, Page 310Page 311,Page 311, Page 311, Page 312, Page 314, Page 315, Page 315,Page 319, Page 65, Page 350, Page 351, Page 352, Page 352,Page 352, Page 350, Page 352, Page 349
RXMOE: Page 353
RXMOI: Page 11, Page 167, Page 207, Page 280, Page 294, Page 353,Page 354, Page 355, Page 356, Page 356, Page 356, Page 357,Page 358, Page 358, Page 289, Page 290, Page 295, Page 359,Page 296, Page 316, Page 317, Page 317, Page 318, Page318Page 310,Page 310 , Page 311, Page 311, Page 311, Page312, Page 314, Page 315, Page 315, Page 319, Page 350, Page351, Page 352, Page 352, Page 352
RXMOP: Page 11, Page 166, Page 167, Page 167, Page 278, Page 280,Page 294, Page 353, Page 354, Page 355, Page 356, Page 356,Page 356, Page 357, Page 358, Page 359, Page 317, Page 317,Page 318, Page 318, Page 310, Page 310, Page 311, Page 311,Page 311, Page 312, Page 314, Page 315, Page 315, Page 319,Page 350, Page 351, Page 352, Page 352, Page 352, Page350, Page 352, Page 349
402 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RXMSC: Page 11, Page 167, Page 278, Page 280, Page 294, Page 353,Page 354, Page 355, Page 356, Page 356, Page 356, Page 289,Page 290, Page 295, Page 359, Page 296, Page 316, Page 317,Page 317, Page 318, Page 318, Page 310, Page 310, Page311, Page 311, Page 311, Page 312, Page 65, Page 350, Page350, Page 351, Page 349
RXPLI: Page 353
RXTCI: Page 353
6.3 Cross-Reference: MML-Command Parameters
This table describes a number of BSC MML-commands in the subsystem RCSand the parameters related to the command.
Note: This is not a complete list of MML-commands in RCS, it is merely a listfor the commands that influence the parameters in this document.
RFCAC: CELL (,AFRCSCC) (,AHRCSCC) (,AWBCSCC) (,EFRCSCC)(,HRCSCC) (,VCSCC);
RFIMC: SET {ADD, REM},{(, IMSIPAT] [, NCCPERM)};
RFPCC: CELL {[, INITDLPCG][, INITDLPCE][, INITDLPCE2A]};
RFPCE: CELL {[, DLPCG][, DLPCE][, DLPCE2A]};
RFPCI: CELL {[DLPCEG][, DLPCE][, DLPCE2A]};
RFPCP: CELL;
RFVBC: (,AHRVAMOS) (,AWBVAMOS) (,HRVAMOS);
RFVBE;
RFVBI;
RFVBP;
RFVCC: CELL (,AQPSKONBCCH) (,ASSV) (,QBAHRV) (,QBAWBV)(,QBNAV) (,QDESDLOVP/ QDESDLOVN) (,QDESULOVP/QDESULOVN) (,SSTHRASSV) (,TSCSET1PAIRS);
RFVCE: CELL;
RFVCI: CELL;
RFVCP: CELL;
RLACC: CELL{(, CHGR) {, INCL, EXKL} (, SLEVEL) (, STIME)};
RLACI: CELL;
RLACP: CELL;
RLADC: SET, MODE(, THR, HYST) (, ICMODE);
RLADP: SET;
403320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLAPC: CELL(, SCTYPE){(, SSDESDLAFR)(, QDESDLAFR)(,SSDESULAFR)(, QDESULAFR)(, SSDESDLAHR)(,QDESDLAHR)(, SSDESULAHR)(, QDESULAHR)(,SSDESDLAWB)(, QDESDLAWB)(, SSDESULAWB)(,QDESULAWB)};
RLBAC: {(REGINTDL)(, SSLENDL)(, QLENDL)};
RLBAP;
RLBCC CELL(, SCTYPE){(, SSDESDL) (, QDESDL) (, LCOMPDL)(,QCOMPDL)({, BSPWRMINP, BSPWRMINN}))};
RLBCE: CELL;
RLBCI: CELL;
RLBCP: CELL;
RLBDC: CELL(, CHGR) {(,NUMREQBPC) (,NUMREQEGPRSBPC)(,NUMREQCS3CS4BPC) (,NUMREQE2ABPC) (,TN7BCCH)(,EACPREF) (ETCHTN) (,TNBCCH)};
RLBDP: CELL(, CHGR);
RLBQC: PRIOLEV, QASSTIME;
RLBQP;
RLBRC: CELL{, BSRPWROFFSETN, BSRPWROFFSETP};
RLBRP: CELL;
RLCCC: CELL(, CHGR){(, SDCCH)(, CBCH)(, TN)(, CCCH)};
RLCDC: {(BSCMC), (CELL, MC)};
RLCDP: CELL;
RLCFE: CELL (, CHGR), DCHNO;
RLCFI: CELL(, CHGR)(,DCHNO);
RLCFP: CELL(, CHGR);
RLCHC: CELL(, CHGR){(, HOP)(, HSN)(,MAIO)(, BCCD)};
RLCLC CELL{(,CSPSALLOC)(,CSPSPRIO)(,GPRSPRIO)(,CODECREST)};
RLCLP CELL;
RLCPC: CELL(, SCTYPE){(, MSTXPWR)(, BSPWRT)(, BSPWRB)};
RLCPP: CELL(, EXT);
RLCXC: CELL, DTXD;
RLCXP: CELL;
RLDCE;
RLDCI: EMERGPRL;
404 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLDCP;
RLDEC: CELL{(, CGI)(, BSIC)(, BCCHNO)(, NEWNAME)(, AGBLK)(,MFRMS)(, BCCHTYPE)(, FNOFFSET)(, XRANGE)(, IRC)};
CELL{(, FDDARFCN)(, SCRCODE)(, NEWNAME)(, UTRANID)(,MRSL)};
CELL{(, CGI)(, BSIC)(, BCCHNO)(, NEWNAME)(, RAC)(,RIMNACC)};
RLDEE: CELL;
RLDEI: CELL{((, CSYSTYPE)(, EXT))(, EXT, UTRAN)((, CSYSTYPE),EXT, GAN)};
RLDEP: CELL{(, CSYSTYPE(, EXT))(, EXT(, UTRAN))(, XRANGE)};
RLDGC: CELL, CHGR, SCTYPE;
RLDGE: CELL, CHGR;
RLDGI: CELL, CHGR(, SCTYPE)(, BAND);
RLDGP: CELL;
RLDHC: CELL{(, DHA)(, DHPR)({{((, DTHAMR)(, DTHNAMR)(,DTHAMRWB))(, DHPRL{(, DTHAMR)(, DTHNAMR)(,DTHAMRWB)})})};
RLDHP: CELL;
RLDMC: CELL {(,DMQB) (,DMQG)(, DMPR)(, DMTFAMR)(,DMTFNAMR)(, DMTHAMR)(, DMTHNAMR)({{((, DMQBAMR)(,DMQBNAMR)(, DMQGAMR)(, DMQGNAMR))(, DMPRL{(,DMQBAMR)(, DMQBNAMR)(, DMQGAMR)(, DMQGNAMR)})})}
RLDMP: CELL;
RLDTC: CELL, CHGR, TSC;
RLDTP: CELL;
RLDUC: CELL {(,MAXLAPDM) (,ALLOCPREF) ({(,OPTMSCLASSADD /,OPTMSCLASSREM)}};
RLDUP: CELL;
RLGAC: CELL (.CHGR) {(,SAS)(, ODPDCHLIMIT)};
RLGAP: CELL;
RLGNC: CELL {(,GPRSVALID) (,PROFFSET)};
RLGNP: CELL;
RLGSC: CELL {(,SPDCH) (,FPDCH) (,GAMMA) (,PSKONBCCH)(, LA)(,CHCSDL) (,SCALLOC) (, PDCHPREEMPT) (, PRIMPLIM) (,FLEXHIGHGPRS) (,EFACTOR) (,RTTI) (,IAN) (,E2AFACTOR)(,E2ALQC) (,EINITMCS) (,E2AINITMCS) (,RTTIINITMCS);
RLGSE: CELL;
405320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLGSI: CELL;
RLGSP: CELL;
RLGQC: CELL{(,STREAMSUP) (,BPDCHBR) (,GPDCHBR) (,EPDCHBR)(,E2APDCHBR) (,EITEXCLUDED);
RLGQP: CELL;
RLHBC: {(HCSBANDHYST) (,HCSBAND {(,LAYER) (,HCSBANDTHR)})}
RLHBP;
RLHPC: CELL, CHAP;
RLHPP: {CELL/CHAP};
RLIHC: CELL(,SCTYPE){(,IHO)(,MAXIHO)(,TMAXIHO)(,TIHO)({,SSOFFSETULP/,SSOFFSETULN})({,SSOFFSETDLP/,SSOFFSETDLN})({,QOFFSETULP/,QOFFSETULN})({,QOFFSETDLP/,QOFFSETDLN({,SSOFFSETULAFRP/,SSOFFSETULAFRN})({,SSOFFSETDLAFRP/,SSOFFSETDLAFRN})({,QOFFSETULAFRP/,QOFFSETULAFRN})({,QOFFSETDLAFRP/,QOFFSETDLAFRN})({,SSOFFSETULAWBP/,SSOFFSETULAWBN})({,SSOFFSETDLAWBP/,SSOFFSETDLAWBN})({,QOFFSETULAWBP/,QOFFSETULAWBN})({,QOFFSETDLAWBP/,QOFFSETDLAWBN})};
RLIHP: CELL;
RLIMC: CELL{(, INTAVE)(, LIMIT1)(, LIMIT2)(, LIMIT3)(, LIMIT4)};
RLIME: CELL;
RLIMI: CELL(, NOALLOC);
RLIMP: CELL;
RLLBC: (SYSTYPE){(, TAAVELEN)(, TINIT)(, TALLOC)(, TURGEN)(,EVALTYPE)( THO)(, NHO)(, ASSOC)(, IBHOASS)(,IBHOSICH)(, IHOSICH)};
RLLBP (:SYSTYPE);
RLLCC: CELL{(, CLSLEVEL)(, CLSACC)(, HOCLSACC)(, RHYST)(,CLSRAMP)};
RLLCE: CELL;
RLLCI: CELL;
RLLCP: CELL;
RLLDC: CELL{(,MAXTA)(,RLINKUP)(,RLINKUPAFR)(,RLINKUPAHR)(,RLINKUPAWB)};
RLLDP: CELL;
RLLFC: CELL{(, SSEVALSD)(, QEVALSD)(, SSEVALSI)(, QEVALSI)(,SSLENSD)
(, QLENSD)(, SSLENSI)(, QLENSI)(, SSRAMPSD)(,SSRAMPSI)(, FERLEN)};
406 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLLFP: CELL;
RLLHC: CELL{(, LAYER)(, LAYERTHR)(, LAYERHYST)(, PSSTEMP)(,PTIMTEMP)(, FASTMSREG)(, HCSIN)(, HCSOUT)};
RLLHP: CELL{(, LAYER)(, EXT)};
RLLLC: CELL{(, SCLD)(, SCLDLUL)(, SCLDLOL)(, SCLDSC)};
RLLLP: CELL;
RLLOC: CELL (, SCTYPE){(, BSPWR)(, BSTXPWR)(, BSRXMIN)(,BSRXSUFF)(, MSRXMIN)(, MSRXSUFF)(, SCHO)(, MISSNM)(,AW)(, EXTPEN)(, HYSTSEP)(, ISHOLEV)(, MAXISHO)(,BCCHREUSE)(, BCCHLOSS)(, BCCHLOSSHYST)}
({(, FBOFFSP)(, FBOFFSN)})({(, BCCHDTCBP)/(,BCCHDTCBN)})
(, BCCHDTCBHYST);
RLLOP: CELL(, EXT);
RLLPC: CELL{(, PTIMHF)(, PTIMBQ)(, PTIMTA)(, PSSHF)(, PSSBQ)(,PSSTA)};
RLLPP: CELL;
RLLSE;
RLLSI;
RLLSP;
RLLUC: CELL(, SCTYPE){(, QLIMUL)(, QLIMDL)(, QLIMULAFR)
(, QLIMDLAFR)(, QLIMULAWB)(, QLIMDLAWB)(, TALIM)(,CELLQ)};
RLLUP: CELL;
RLMAC: {(DTXFUL)(, REGINTUL)(, SSLENUL)(, QLENUL)};
RLMAP;
RLMFC: CELL, MBCCHNO(, LISTTYPE)(, MRNIC);
RLMFE: CELL, MBCCHNO(, LISTTYPE)(, MRNIC);
RLMFP: CELL(, LISTTYPE);
RLMQC: CELL{(, RESLIMIT)(, QLENGTH)};
RLMQP: CELL;
RLMRC: CELL{, MSRPWROFFSETP/, MSRPWROFFSETN};
RLMRP: CELL;
RLNRC: CELL, CELLR{(, CS)(, CAND)(, AWOFFSET)(, BQOFFSET)(,BQOFFSETAFR)(, BQOFFSETAWB)(, KHYST)({, KOFFSETP/,KOFFSETN})(, LHYST)({, LOFFSETP/, LOFFSETN})(,TRHYST)({, TROFFSETP/TROFFSETN})};
407320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CELL, CELLR{(, CS)(, CAND)(, AWOFFSET)(, BQOFFSET)(,BQOFFSETAFR)(, BQOFFSETAWB)(, HIHYST)(, LOHYST)({,OFFSETP/, OFFSETN})};
RLNRE: CELL, CELLR;
RLNRI: CELL, CELLR(, SINGLE);
RLNRP: CELL(, CELLR)(, NODATA);
RLOLC: CELL{(, LOL)(, LOLHYST)(, TAOL)(, TAOLHYST)(DTCBN/DTCBP)(, DTCBHYST)(, NDIST) (, NNCELLS)};
RLOLP: CELL;
RLOMC: MODE;
RLOMP;
RLPCC: CELL (, SCTYPE){(, SSDESUL)(, QDESUL)(, LCOMPUL)(,QCOMPUL)};
RLPCE: CELL;
RLPCI: CELL;
RLPCP: CELL;
RLPDC: CELL {(, CBCHD)(, PRACHBLK)(, MAXSBLK)(, MAXSMSG)(,TRAFBLK)};
RLPPC: PP, PRL{(, INAC)(, PROBF)};
RLPPE: PP;
RLPPI: PP(, PP1);
RLPPP: PP;
RLPRC: CELL(, SCTYPE), CHTYPE(, CHRATE), PP;
RLPRP: {PP/CELL(, CHTYPE(, CHRATE))};
RLPSC: CELL {(,PLAYER)(,PHCSTHR)};
RLPSP: CELL;
RLSBC: CELL{(, CB)(, ACC)(, MAXRET)(, TX)(, ATT)(, T3212)(, CBQ)(,CRO)(, TO)(, PT)(, ECSC)}(, SLOW);
RLSBP: CELL;
RLSCE;
RLSCI: STATSINT;
RLSCP;
RLSMC: CELL, SIMSG, MSGDIST;
RLSMP: CELL(, SIMSG)(, MSGDIST);
408 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Index
RLSUC: CELL{(, QSC)(, QSCI)(, QSI)(, FDDMRR)(, FDDQMIN)(,FDDQOFF)(, SPRIO)(, FDDQMINOFF)(, FDDRSCPMIN)(,FDDREPTHR2)};
RLSUP: CELL;
RLSSC: CELL{(, ACCMIN)(, CCHPWR)(, CRH)(, DTXU)(, NCCPERM)(,RLINKT)(,NECI)(,MBCR)(,RLINKTAFR)(,RLINKTAHR)(,RLINKTAWB)};
RLSSP: CELL;
RLSTC: CELL(,CHGR), STATE;
RLSTP: CELL(, STATE);
RLTYC: GSYSTYPE;
RLTYE;
RLTYI: GSYSTYPE;
RLTYP;
RLUMC: CELL{, ADD, UMFI/, REM, UMFI}(, LISTTYPE);
RLUMP: CELL;
RLVGC: {(PAGPRIO)(,VGPRIO)(,NOTIFP)(, TALKID)(, DISPP)(,VGENCR)};
CELL{(,REPPERNCH)(,VGCHALLOC)(,FBVGCHALLOC)(,CHAMX)(, DYNVGCH)};
RLVGP:
RRAII:
RRDEP: DEV=dev...;
409320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
410 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
412 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Glossary
Glossary
AMRAdaptive Multi Rate
CDDCell Design Data
DTMDual Transfer Mode
DYMADynamic FR/HR Mode Adaptation
FERFrame Erasure Rate
FRHalf Rate
GARP-2Generic Application Regional ProcessorBoard, version 2
HFSHopping Frequency Set
HRHalf Rate
IRCInterference Rejection Combining
LACLocation Area Code
MCCMobile Colour Code
MNCMobile Network Code
NACCNetwork Assisted Cell Change
PAPower Amplifier
PCPriority Connections
PLMNPublic Land Mobile Network
PPPriority Profile
RNCIDRadio Network Controller Identity
RPRegional Processor
RPPRegional Processor with PCI Interface
RTResource Type
SMSCBShort Messages Service Cell Broadcast
TCCTransmitter Coherent Combining
TFOTandem Free Operation
TRHTransceiver Handler
TRH RPAn RP running the TRH application
WBWide Band
413320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
414 320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05
Reference List
Reference List
User Descriptions
[1] User Description, Packet Abis over IP
[2] Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS
Standards
[3] 3GPP 22.011, (GSM Specification)
[4] 3GPP 23.003, (GSM Specification)
[5] 3GPP 23.009, (GSM Specification)
[6] 3GPP 25.101, (GSM Specification)
[7] 3GPP 43.022, (GSM Specification)
[8] 3GPP 44.018, (GSM Specification)
[9] 3GPP 45.002, (GSM Specification)
[10] 3GPP 45.008, (GSM Specification)
415320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen J | 2012-03-05